-----BEGIN PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE----- Proc-Type: 2001,MIC-CLEAR Originator-Name: webmaster@www.sec.gov Originator-Key-Asymmetric: MFgwCgYEVQgBAQICAf8DSgAwRwJAW2sNKK9AVtBzYZmr6aGjlWyK3XmZv3dTINen TWSM7vrzLADbmYQaionwg5sDW3P6oaM5D3tdezXMm7z1T+B+twIDAQAB MIC-Info: RSA-MD5,RSA, AE6hfOB7PsJjej749fBRj5BTMcFBnarfV6P2Z5Ur5XXoVyO7KUqJteGWg2Iq3fQK WJuk++97WfmmaWMFyToxDQ== 0001193125-04-132511.txt : 20040805 0001193125-04-132511.hdr.sgml : 20040805 20040805143550 ACCESSION NUMBER: 0001193125-04-132511 CONFORMED SUBMISSION TYPE: N-2 PUBLIC DOCUMENT COUNT: 3 FILED AS OF DATE: 20040805 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: Salomon Brothers Floating Rate Strategic Fund Inc. CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001299393 IRS NUMBER: 000000000 STATE OF INCORPORATION: MD FISCAL YEAR END: 0930 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: N-2 SEC ACT: 1933 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 333-117951 FILM NUMBER: 04954412 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 125 BROAD STREET CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10004 BUSINESS PHONE: 888-777-0102 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 125 BROAD STREET CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10004 FILER: COMPANY DATA: COMPANY CONFORMED NAME: Salomon Brothers Floating Rate Strategic Fund Inc. CENTRAL INDEX KEY: 0001299393 IRS NUMBER: 000000000 STATE OF INCORPORATION: MD FISCAL YEAR END: 0930 FILING VALUES: FORM TYPE: N-2 SEC ACT: 1940 Act SEC FILE NUMBER: 811-21609 FILM NUMBER: 04954413 BUSINESS ADDRESS: STREET 1: 125 BROAD STREET CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10004 BUSINESS PHONE: 888-777-0102 MAIL ADDRESS: STREET 1: 125 BROAD STREET CITY: NEW YORK STATE: NY ZIP: 10004 N-2 1 dn2.htm SALOMON BROTHERS FLOATING RATE STRATEGIC FUND INC. SALOMON BROTHERS FLOATING RATE STRATEGIC FUND INC.
Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 5, 2004

Securities Act Registration No. 333-            

Investment Company Registration No. 811-            

 


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 


 

FORM N-2

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 [X]

 

Pre-Effective Amendment No.      [    ]

 

Post-Effective Amendment No. [_]

and/or

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940 [X]

 

AMENDMENT NO.      [    ]

 

Salomon Brothers Floating Rate Strategic Fund Inc.

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

 

125 Broad Street

New York, New York 10004

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

 

(888) 777-0102

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

 

Robert I. Frenkel

300 First Stamford Place

Stamford, CT 06902

(Name and Address of Agent for Service)

 


 

Copies to:

Sarah E. Cogan, Esq.
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

 


 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective when declared effective pursuant to Section 8(c).

 


 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Title of Securities Being Registered    Amount Being
Registered
   Proposed
Maximum
Offering Price
per Unit
   Proposed
Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price
   Amount of
Registration
Fee

Common Stock, $.001 par value

   50,000    $20.00    $1,000,000    $126.70*
*   Estimated solely for purpose of calculating the registration fee.

 


 

The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that the Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.     

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 5, 2004

PROSPECTUS

                     Shares

Salomon Brothers Floating Rate Strategic Fund Inc.

Common Shares

$20.00 Per Share

 


 

Investment Objective.    The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company.

 

    The Fund’s primary investment objective is to maintain a high level of current income.

 

Portfolio Contents.    Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets (as defined on page 1 of this Prospectus) in floating rate and variable rate instruments of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including U.S. and non-U.S. investment grade and high yield debt, senior corporate and bank loans, emerging markets debt fixed income securities and derivatives related to these securities.

 

In addition, the Fund may:

 

    use leverage in an effort to maximize returns of the Fund through such techniques as borrowing from certain financial institutions and the use of reverse repurchase agreements.

 

    invest a substantial portion of its Managed Assets in fixed income securities generally considered to have a credit quality rating below investment grade. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” Due to the risks involved in investing in junk bonds, an investment in the Fund should be considered speculative.

 

No Prior Trading History.    Because the Fund is newly organized, its common shares have no history of public trading. The shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This risk may be greater for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period after completion of the public offering. The Fund intends to apply for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, under the symbol “        .” (continued on the following page)

 


 

The Fund’s investment policy of investing in floating rate and variable rate instruments of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including securities of below investment grade quality, and its use of leverage involve a high degree of risk. You could lose some or all of your investment. See “Risks” beginning on page 24 of this Prospectus.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this Prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 


 

     Per Share

     Total(1)

Public offering price

   $20.000      $            

Sales load(2)

   $      $            

Estimated offering expenses(3)

   $      $            

Proceeds to the Fund

   $      $            

(1)   The underwriters named in this Prospectus may purchase up to          additional shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, solely to cover over-allotments, if any. If this option is exercised in full, the total public offering price, sales load, estimated offering expenses and proceeds to the Fund will be approximately $        , $        , $         and $        , respectively.
(2)   Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc will pay certain additional compensation to certain qualifying underwriters. The total amount of this additional compensation plus the amounts paid by the Fund for payment of certain expenses of counsel, will not exceed 4.50% of the total price to the public of the common shares sold in this offering. See “Underwriting.”
(3)   Total expenses of issuance and distribution (other than the sales load) are estimated to be between approximately $         and $        . Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc has agreed to pay (i) all of the Fund’s organizational costs and (ii) the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) in excess of $0.04 per share.

 

       The underwriters expect to deliver shares to purchasers on or about                     , 2004.

 


 

                    , 2004


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. For more information on the Fund’s investment strategies, see “The Fund’s Investments” and “Risks.”

 

Investment Manager.    Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (the “Investment Manager”) will be the Fund’s investment manager. As of June 30, 2004, the Investment Manager and its affiliates had approximately $147.8 billion in fixed income assets under management, including $91.3 billion in liquidity products, $39.5 billion in investment grade debt, $9.7 billion in high yield debt and $7.3 billion in emerging market debt.

 

Leverage.    The Fund may use leverage through borrowing, including loans from certain financial institutions, the use of mortgage dollar rolls and reverse repurchase agreements and the issuance of debt securities, and possibly through the issuance of preferred shares. Currently, the Fund intends to leverage primarily through the use of reverse repurchase agreements and has no intention to issue preferred shares. Under current market conditions, the Fund intends to incur leverage in an aggregate amount of up to approximately 33% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such borrowings and/or issuances. In addition, the Fund may engage in mortgage dollar roll transactions, reverse repurchase agreements and similar investment management techniques which provide leverage, but which are not subject to the foregoing 33% limitation so long as the Fund has established in a segregated account cash or other liquid securities equal to the Fund’s obligations in respect of such investments. The use of borrowing will leverage your common shares and may cause you to experience a greater return or loss on your common shares than you would have received without the use of leverage. Leverage involves special risks but also affords an opportunity for greater returns. There is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful during any period in which it is employed. See “Use of Leverage,” “Description of Shares” and “Risks — Leverage Risk.”

 

You should read this Prospectus, which contains important information about the Fund that you ought to know before deciding whether to invest, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated             , 2004, and as it may be supplemented, containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this Prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information, the table of contents of which is on page 47 of this Prospectus, by calling (888) 777-0102 or by writing the Fund, or you may obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Fund) from the SEC’s web site (http://www.sec.gov).

 

The Fund’s common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other governmental agency.

 



Table of Contents

You should rely only on the information contained in or incorporated by reference into this Prospectus. The Fund has not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The Fund is not making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information provided by this Prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this Prospectus. The Fund will amend this Prospectus if there are any material changes to its operating condition subsequent to the date of this Prospectus.

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Summary

   1

Summary of Fund Expenses

   12

The Fund

   13

Use of Proceeds

   13

The Fund’s Investments

   14

Use of Leverage

   22

Risks

   24

Interest Rate Transactions

   32

Management of the Fund

   34

Net Asset Value

   36

Distributions

   36

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

   36

Description of Shares

   38

Certain Provisions in the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws

   40

Repurchase of Fund Shares

   42

Tax Matters

   42

Underwriting

   43

Custodian and Transfer Agent

   46

Legal Opinions

   46

Table of Contents of the Statement of Additional Information

   47

 

Until             , 2004 (25 days after the date of this Prospectus), all dealers who buy, sell or trade the Common Shares (as defined on page 1 of this Prospectus), whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a Prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a Prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

SUMMARY

 

This is only a summary. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the Fund’s shares. You should review the more detailed information contained elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information, especially the information under the heading “Risks.”

 

The Fund

Salomon Brothers Floating Rate Strategic Fund Inc. (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company.

 

The Offering

The Fund is offering                  shares of common stock at $20.00 per share through a group of underwriters led by                                                       . The shares of common stock are called “Common Shares” in the rest of this Prospectus. You must purchase at least 100 Common Shares in order to participate in this offering. The Fund has given the underwriters an option to purchase up to                  additional Common Shares to cover over-allotments. The Investment Manager has agreed to pay (i) all of the Fund’s organizational costs and (ii) offering costs of the Fund (other than sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share. See “Underwriting.”

 

Investment Objective

The Fund’s investment objective is to maintain a high level of current income. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s investment objective will be achieved. The Fund’s investment objective is fundamental and cannot be changed by the Fund’s Board of Directors without shareholder approval. See “The Fund’s Investments.”

 

Investment Strategies

Under normal market conditions, the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 80% of the sum of its net assets plus the amount of any Borrowings (as defined on page 2 of this Prospectus) and assets attributable to any Fund Preferred Shares (as defined on page 2 of this Prospectus) that may be outstanding (“Managed Assets”) in floating rate and variable rate instruments of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including U.S. and non-U.S. investment grade and high yield debt, senior corporate and bank loans, emerging markets debt fixed income securities and derivatives related to these securities.

 

 

The Fund also may invest in a fixed rate security and enter into an interest rate swap agreement to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments it receives with respect to such security into floating rate interest payments. See “Interest Rate Transactions.”

 

 

The Fund may invest a substantial portion of its Managed Assets in fixed income securities generally considered to have a credit rating below investment grade. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.”

 

 

The Fund may invest up to 15% of its Managed Assets in illiquid securities.

 

 

The Fund may depart from its principal investment strategy in response to adverse economic, market or political conditions by

 

1


Table of Contents
 

taking temporary defensive positions in any non-corporate issuer, including high-quality, short-term debt securities or cash. If the Fund takes a temporary defensive position, it may be unable to achieve its investment objective.

 

Duration Management

The average portfolio duration of the Fund will normally be one and one half years or less, including the effects of leverage which may change from time to time, based on the Investment Manager’s market outlook. The initial average portfolio duration of the Fund is expected to be between              years, including the effects of leverage. See “The Fund’s Investments — Investment Strategies — Duration Management.”

 

Credit Quality

The Fund usually will attempt to maintain a portfolio with an average credit quality rated between Aaa and Baa2 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or between AAA to BBB by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”). Initially, the Fund will maintain a portfolio with an average credit quality rated          by Moody’s and          by S&P. The Fund may, however, invest a portion of its Managed Assets in securities generally considered to have a credit rating below investment grade. Securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “junk bonds.” The Fund may also invest some of its Managed Assets in unrated securities that the Investment Manager, in its reasonable judgment, determines to be of the same credit quality as rated securities.

 

The Investment Manager relies heavily on its own analysis of the credit quality of individual securities considered for the Fund, rather than relying exclusively on rating agencies. The individuals managing the Fund utilize this information in an attempt to minimize credit risk and identify issuers, industries or sectors that the Investment Manager believes are undervalued or that offer attractive yields relative to the Investment Manager’s assessment of their credit characteristics.

 

Derivatives

The Fund may use a variety of derivative instruments as part of its investment strategies or for risk management purposes. See “The Fund’s Investments” and “Risks — Derivative Risk.”

 

Use of Leverage

The Fund may use leverage through borrowing, including loans from certain financial institutions, the use of mortgage dollar roll transactions and reverse repurchase agreements and the issuance of debt securities (collectively, “Borrowings”), and possibly through the issuance of preferred shares (“Fund Preferred Shares”), in an aggregate amount of up to approximately 33% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such Borrowings. It is possible that following such Borrowings, the assets of the Fund will decline due to market conditions such that this 33% threshold will be exceeded. In that case, the leverage risk to holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) will increase. See “Risks — Leverage Risk.” The

 

2


Table of Contents
 

Fund may not use leverage at all times and the amount of leverage may vary depending upon a number of factors, including the Investment Manager’s outlook for the market and the costs that the Fund would incur as a result of such leverage. In addition, the Fund may engage in mortgage dollar roll transactions, reverse repurchase agreements and similar investment management techniques which provide leverage, but which are not subject to the foregoing 33% limitation, if the Fund has established in a segregated account cash or other liquid securities equal to the Fund’s obligations in respect of such techniques. See “The Fund’s Investments — Portfolio Contents — Mortgage Dollar Roll Transactions” and “The Fund’s Investments — Portfolio Contents — Reverse Repurchase Agreement Transactions.” Under current market conditions, the Fund intends to borrow or utilize leverage principally through the use of mortgage dollar roll transactions and reverse repurchase agreements in an amount up to approximately 33% of its total assets (including the amount borrowed). The Fund currently has no intention to issue Fund Preferred Shares.

 

Borrowings (and any Fund Preferred Shares) will have seniority over the Common Shares. Any Borrowings and if issued, Fund Preferred Shares, will leverage your investment in Common Shares. Common Shareholders will bear the costs associated with any Borrowings, and if the Fund issues Fund Preferred Shares, Common Shareholders will bear the offering costs of the Fund Preferred Share issuance.

 

During periods when the Fund is using leverage, the fees paid to the Investment Manager for advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s Managed Assets, which includes the principal amount of Borrowings and any net assets attributable to the issuance of Fund Preferred Shares.

 

There is no guarantee that the Fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful. See “Use of Leverage,” “Description of Shares” and “Risks — Leverage Risk.”

 

Interest Rate Transactions

In pursuing its investment objective, the Fund will primarily invest in floating rate and variable rate debt securities. In connection with the purchase of fixed rate debt securities and in order to reduce the interest rate risk inherent in the Fund’s investments and capital structure, the Fund may enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions. The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. The Fund may also purchase or sell futures contracts or options on futures contracts in an attempt to hedge interest rate risks. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the Fund’s use of interest rate or futures transactions could enhance or harm the overall performance of the Common Shares. See “Use of Leverage” and “Interest Rate Transactions.”

 

Distributions

The Fund intends to distribute its net investment income on a monthly basis and to distribute annually its realized capital gains.

 

3


Table of Contents

Your initial distribution is expected to be declared approximately 45 to 60 days, and paid approximately 90 days, from the completion of this offering, depending upon market conditions.

 

Unless you elect to receive distributions in cash (i.e., opt out), all your distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. See “Distributions” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

Investment Manager

Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc will be the Fund’s investment manager. The Investment Manager is an affiliate of Citigroup Inc. (“Citigroup”). Citigroup businesses provide a broad range of financial services — asset management, banking and consumer finance, credit and charge cards, insurance, investments, investment banking and securities trading — and use diverse channels to make them available to consumers and corporate customers around the world.

 

The Investment Manager will receive an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to         % of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. Assuming Borrowings and/or the issuance of Fund Preferred Shares in the amount of 33% of the Fund’s total assets (after such Borrowings and/or issuance of Fund Preferred Shares), the annual fee payable to the Investment Manager will be         % of net assets attributable to Common Shares (i.e., not including amounts attributable to Borrowings and/or Fund Preferred Shares).

 

The Investment Manager has agreed to pay (i) all of the Fund’s organizational costs and (ii) offering costs of the Fund (other than sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share. The Fund will pay its offering costs up to and including $0.04 per Common Share. The Fund’s management fees and other expenses, including expenses incurred in Borrowings and/or the issuance of the Fund Preferred Shares, are borne by the Common Shareholders. See “Summary of Fund Expenses” and “Use of Leverage.”

 

Listing and Symbol

The Fund intends to apply for listing on the New York Stock Exchange (the “Exchange”). See “Description of Shares — Common Shares.” The trading or “ticker” symbol of the Common Shares is “    .”

 

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Company will serve as custodian of the Fund’s assets. PFPC Inc. (“PFPC”) will serve as the Fund’s transfer agent. See “Custodian and Transfer Agent.”

 

Special Risk Considerations

No History of Operations.    The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no history of operations or public trading.

 

4


Table of Contents

Investment Risk.    An investment in the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. See “Risks — Investment Risk.”

 

Market Risk.    Your investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in securities owned by the Fund, most of which could be purchased directly. Your Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than the amount you invested, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions. The value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The Fund expects to utilize leverage, which magnifies market risk. See “Use of Leverage” and “Risks — Market Risk.”

 

Floating and Variable Rate Debt Risk.    The absence of an active secondary market with respect to particular variable and floating rate instruments of U.S. and non U.S. issuers could make it difficult for the Fund to dispose of a variable or floating rate note if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligation or during periods that the Fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the Fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss with respect to such instruments. See “Risks — Floating and Variable Rate Debt Risk.”

 

Emerging Markets Risk.    Investing in securities of emerging market issuers entails all of the risks of investing in securities of foreign issuers to a heightened degree. The heightened risks include: (i) greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the market for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in lack of liquidity and price volatility; and (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests. See “Risks — Emerging Markets Risk.”

 

Below Investment Grade Securities (High-Yield) Risk.    At any one time, a portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets may be invested in below investment grade securities (high yield securities) and unrated securities of equivalent credit quality. High yield securities, commonly referred to as “junk bonds,” and unrated securities generally offer a higher current yield than that available from higher grade issues, but are considered speculative and, compared to investment grade securities, tend to have more volatile prices and increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to adverse economic and business developments, a greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality, a greater likelihood that adverse economic or company specific events will make the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments, a greater susceptibility to negative market sentiments leading to depressed prices and decreased liquidity.

 

5


Table of Contents

During periods of economic downturn or rising interest rates, issuers of low rated and unrated instruments may experience financial stress that could adversely affect their ability to make payments of principal and interest and increase the possibility of default. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may also decrease the values and liquidity of low rated and unrated securities especially in a market characterized by a low volume of trading. See “Risks — Below Investment Grade Securities (High-Yield) Risk.”

 

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk.    Investing in the securities of foreign issuers, including in particular emerging market issuers, may involve unique risks compared to investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. Some of these risks do not apply to issuers located in larger, more developed countries. These risks will be more pronounced if the Fund invests significantly in emerging markets countries or in one country. Less information about non-U.S. issuers or markets may be available due to less rigorous disclosure and accounting standards or regulatory practices. Many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets. In a changing market, the Investment Manager may not be able to sell the Fund’s portfolio securities in amounts and at prices the Investment Manager considers reasonable. See “Risks — Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk” and “Risks — Emerging Markets Risk.”

 

Senior Loans risk.    The risks associated with senior loans are similar to the risks of non-investment grade securities, although senior loans are typically senior and secured in contrast to non-investment grade bonds, which are often subordinated and unsecured. See “Risks —Below-Investment Grade (High-Yield) Risk.” Senior loans’ higher standing has historically resulted in generally higher recoveries in the event of a corporate reorganization. In addition, because their interest rates are adjusted for changes in short-term interest rates, senior loans generally have less interest rate risk than non-investment grade bonds, which are typically fixed rate. The Fund’s investments in senior loans are typically below investment grade and are considered speculative because of the credit risk of their issuers. Such companies are more likely to default on their payments of interest and principal owed to the Fund, and such defaults could reduce the Fund’s net asset value and income distributions. An economic downturn generally leads to a higher non-payment rate, and a senior loan may lose significant value before a default occurs. Moreover, any specific collateral used to secure a senior loan may decline in value or become illiquid, which would adversely affect the senior loan’s value.

 

Economic and other events (whether real or perceived) can reduce the demand for certain senior loans or senior loans generally, which may reduce market prices and cause the Fund’s net asset value per share to fall. The frequency and magnitude of such changes cannot be predicted.

 

6


Table of Contents

Senior loans and other debt securities are also subject to the risk of price declines and to increases in prevailing interest rates, although floating-rate debt instruments are substantially less exposed to this risk than fixed-rate debt instruments. No active trading market may exist for certain senior loans, which may impair the ability of the Fund to realize full value in the event of the need to liquidate such assets and which may make it difficult to value the assets. Adverse market conditions may impair the liquidity of some actively traded senior loans.

 

Senior loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity and are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the borrower. Senior loans typically have a stated term of between five and nine years, and have rates of interest which typically are re-determined either daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. Longer interest rate reset periods generally increase fluctuations in the Fund’s net asset value as a result of changes in market interest rates. Senior loans and other floating-rate debt instruments are subject to the risk of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. Such non-payment would result in a reduction of income to the Fund, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the net asset value of the Fund. For a more detailed discussion of the characteristics and risks associated with senior loans, see “Portfolio Contents — senior loans” and “Risks — senior loans.”

 

Leverage Risk.    The Fund is authorized to use leverage (including loans from financial institutions, the use of mortgage dollar roll transactions and reverse repurchase agreements and possibly through the issuance of preferred shares) in amounts of up to approximately 33% of its total assets immediately after such borrowing and/or issuance, and under current market conditions intends to use leverage up to such amount. Leverage may result in greater volatility of the net asset value and market price of Common Shares because changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio investments, including investments purchased with the proceeds from Borrowings or the issuance of Fund Preferred Shares, are borne entirely by the Common Shareholders. Common Share income may fall if the interest rate on Borrowings or the dividend rate on Fund Preferred Shares rises, and may fluctuate as the interest rate on Borrowings or the dividend rate on Fund Preferred Shares varies. So long as the Fund is able to realize a higher net return on its investment portfolio than the then-current cost of any leverage together with other related expenses, the effect of the leverage will be to cause holders of Common Shares to realize higher current net investment income and/or total return than if the Fund were not so leveraged. On the other hand, the Fund’s use of leverage will result in increased operating costs. Thus, to the extent that the then-current cost of any leverage, together with other related expenses, approaches the net return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to holders of Common Shares will be reduced. In addition, if

 

7


Table of Contents
 

the then-current cost of any leverage together with related expenses were to exceed the net return on the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund’s leveraged capital structure would result in a lower rate of return to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged.

 

During periods when the Fund is using leverage, the fees paid to the Investment Manager for advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s Managed Assets, which includes the amount of Borrowings and assets attributable to Fund Preferred Shares.

 

Any decline in the net asset value of the Fund will be borne entirely by Common Shareholders. Therefore, if the market value of the Fund’s portfolio declines, the Fund’s use of leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not leveraged. Such greater net asset value decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the Common Shares. See “Use of Leverage” and “Risks — Leverage Risk.”

 

As noted above, the Fund may engage in mortgage dollar roll transactions, reverse repurchase agreements or other investment management techniques which provide leverage but which are not considered to be borrowings or senior securities by the SEC, and are not subject to the foregoing 33% limitation, so long as the Fund has established in a segregated account cash or other liquid securities equal to the Fund’s obligations in respect of such techniques. See “The Fund’s Investments — Portfolio Contents — Mortgage Dollar Roll Transactions” and “The Fund’s Investments — Portfolio Contents — Reverse Repurchase Agreement Transactions.”

 

Interest Rate Risk.    Interest rates may go up, causing the prices of fixed income securities to decline and reducing the value of certain of the Fund’s securities investments. During periods of declining interest rates, the issuer of certain securities may exercise its option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call or prepayment risk. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities is extended because of slower than expected principal payments. This may lock in a below market interest rate, increase the security’s duration and reduce the value of the security. This is known as extension risk. The Investment Manager’s judgment about the attractiveness, relative value or potential appreciation of a particular security or about interest rate trends may prove to be incorrect. Because market interest rates are currently near their lowest levels in many years, there is a substantial risk that the Fund’s portfolio will decline in value. See “Risks — Interest Rate Risk.”

 

Issuer Risk.    The value of fixed income securities issued by corporations may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer such as management performance, financial leverage or reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services.

 

8


Table of Contents

Derivatives Risk.    The Fund may utilize a variety of derivative instruments for investment or risk management purposes, such as options, futures contracts or swap agreements. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this Prospectus, such as liquidity risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, leveraging risk and management risk. They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation and the risk that changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with an underlying asset, interest rate or index. Suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial.

 

If the Fund invests in a derivative instrument, it could lose more than the principal amount invested. The use of derivatives also may increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, credit default swaps involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty). See “Risks — Derivatives Risk” and “Interest Rate Transactions” and “The Fund’s Investments — Portfolio Contents — Derivatives.”

 

Credit Risk and Counterparty Risk.    The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased by the Fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.

 

Reinvestment Risk.    Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if and when the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called debt obligations at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the Fund’s Common Share price or its overall return.

 

Asset-Backed, Mortgage-Backed or Mortgage-Related Securities Risk.    To the extent the Fund invests significantly in asset-backed, mortgage-backed or mortgage-related securities, its exposure to prepayment and extension risks may be greater than other investments in fixed income securities. Mortgage derivatives held by the Fund may have especially volatile prices and may have a disproportionate effect on the Fund’s share price. Rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of mortgage-related securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. In addition, mortgage-related

 

9


Table of Contents
 

securities are subject to prepayment risk — the risk that borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected, particularly when interest rates decline. This can reduce the Fund’s returns because the Fund may have to reinvest that money at lower prevailing interest rates. The Fund’s investments in other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities.

 

Inflation Risk.    Inflation risk is the risk that the value of certain fixed income assets or income from the Fund’s investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. See “Risks — Inflation Risk.”

 

Liquidity Risk.    The Fund may invest up to 15% of its Managed Assets in illiquid securities, which are securities that cannot be sold within seven days at a price which the Fund would determine to be fair value. Illiquid securities may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid securities, and may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. Also, the Fund may not be able to dispose of illiquid securities at a favorable time or price.

 

In addition, the secondary markets for certain types of securities, including high yield securities, are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher-rated securities. The secondary markets for these securities are characterized by relatively few market makers and lower trading volume. Accordingly, these secondary markets (generally or for a particular security) could contract under real or perceived adverse market or economic conditions. These factors may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular portfolio investments and may limit the ability of the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating net asset value. See “Risks — Liquidity Risk” and “Risks — Below Investment Grade Securities (High Yield) Risk.”

 

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk.    The aftermath of the war with Iraq, the continuing occupation of Iraq and continuing terrorist attacks around the world may have a substantial impact on the U.S. and world economies and securities markets. The nature, scope and duration of the occupation cannot be predicted with any certainty. The war and occupation, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead to, increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Those events could also have an acute effect on individual issuers or related groups of issuers. These risks could also adversely affect individual issuers and securities markets, interest rates, auctions, secondary trading, ratings, credit risk, inflation and other factors relating to the Common Shares.

 

Currency Devaluations and Fluctuations.    The Fund may invest in non-dollar-denominated investments. The Fund may be limited in its ability to hedge the value of its non-dollar-denominated investments

 

10


Table of Contents

against currency fluctuations. As a result, a decline in the value of currencies in which the Fund’s investments are denominated against the dollar will result in a corresponding decline in the dollar value of the Fund’s assets. These declines will in turn affect the Fund’s income and net asset value. See “Risks — Currency Devaluations and Fluctuations.”

 

Market Price Discount from Net Asset Value.    Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This characteristic is separate and distinct from the risk that net asset value could decrease as a result of investment activities and may be a greater risk to investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period following completion of this offering. The Fund cannot predict whether Common Shares will trade at, above or below net asset value. The Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors and you should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes. See “Risks — Market Price Discount from Net Asset Value.”

 

Non-Diversified Status.    The Fund is classified as “non-diversified” under the 1940 Act. As a result, it can invest a greater portion of its assets in obligations of a single issuer than a “diversified” fund. The Fund will therefore be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. The Fund intends to diversify its investments to the extent necessary to maintain its status as a regulated investment company under U.S. federal income tax laws. See “The Fund’s Investments,” “Risks — Non-Diversified Status” and “Tax Matters.”

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions.    The Fund’s Articles of Incorporation (the “Articles”) and By-Laws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an open-end fund. These provisions could have the effect of depriving Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares. See “Certain Provisions in the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws.”

 

11


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES

 

The purpose of the following table is to help you understand the fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly. This table assumes the use of Borrowings by the Fund in an amount equal to 33% of the Fund’s total assets (including the Borrowings), and shows Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares. Footnote (3) shows Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares assuming no use of Borrowings or issuance of Fund Preferred Shares.

 

Shareholder Transaction Expenses

      

Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)

   4.50 %

Offering Expenses Borne by the Fund (as a percentage of offering price)

   0.20 %(1)

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees

   None (2)
    

Percentage of Net
Assets Attributable to

Common Shares(3)


 

Annual Expenses

      

Management Fees

          %  

Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds

          %  

Other Expenses

          %  
    

Total Annual Expenses

          %  

  (1)   The Investment Manager has agreed to pay offering costs (other than sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share.
  (2)   You will pay brokerage charges if you direct the Plan Agent to sell your Common Shares held in a dividend reinvestment account. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”
  (3)   Stated as percentages of the Fund’s net assets attributable to Common Shares. Assuming the issuance of approximately                  Common Shares and no Borrowings or issuance of Fund Preferred Shares, the Fund’s expenses would be estimated to be as follows:

 

     Percentage of Net
Assets Attributable to
Common Shares
Assuming No Leverage


Annual Expenses

    

Management Fees

          %

Interest Payments on Borrowed Funds

   None

Other Expenses

          %
    

Total Annual Expenses

          %

 

The annual “Other Expenses” shown in the table above is based upon estimated amounts for the current fiscal year and assumes that the Fund issues approximately                  Common Shares and has Borrowings of $                         (33% of the Fund’s total assets (after their use)).

 

12


Table of Contents

The following example illustrates the expenses (including the sales load of $45 and assuming Borrowings as set forth above) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming (i) “Total Annual Expenses” of        % of net assets attributable to Common Shares and (ii) a 5% annual return:(1)

 

1 Year


   3 Years

   5 Years

   10 Years

$        

   $            $            $        

(1) The example above should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. The example assumes that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% return shown in the example.

 

THE FUND

 

The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the 1940 Act. The Fund was incorporated as a Maryland corporation on August 3, 2004, pursuant to the Articles. As a newly organized entity, the Fund has no operating history. The Fund’s principal office is located at 125 Broad Street, New York, New York 10004, and its telephone number is (888) 777-0102.

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares will be approximately $                     ($                 if the Underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full) after payment of the estimated offering costs. The Fund will pay all of its offering costs up to $0.04 per Common Share and the Investment Manager has agreed to pay (i) all of the Fund’s organizational costs and (ii) offering costs of the Fund (other than sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share. The Fund will invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies as stated below. It is currently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds in accordance with its investment objectives and policies within one to two months after the completion of the offering. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in U.S. government securities or high quality, short-term money market instruments.

 

13


Table of Contents

THE FUND’S INVESTMENTS

 

Investment Objective

 

The Fund’s investment objective is to maintain a high level of current income. There can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objective. The Fund’s investment objective is fundamental and may not be changed by the Fund’s Board of Directors without shareholder approval. This section provides additional information about the Fund’s investments and certain portfolio management techniques the Fund may use. More information about the Fund’s investments and portfolio management techniques and the associated risks is included in the Statement of Additional Information (the “SAI”).

 

Investment Strategies

 

Under normal market conditions, the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its Managed Assets in floating rate and variable rate instruments of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including U.S. and non-U.S. investment grade, high yield, corporate and bank loans, emerging markets debt fixed income securities and derivatives related to these securities. The Fund also may invest in a fixed rate security and enter into an interest rate swap agreement to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments it receives with respect to such security into floating rate interest payments. See “Interest Rate Transactions.”

 

Allocation.    The Investment Manager allocates and reallocates the Fund’s assets from time to time among the types of fixed income securities described above based on its analysis of economic and market conditions and the relative returns and risks then represented by each type.

 

The Fund may invest up to 15% of its Managed Assets in illiquid securities, which are securities that cannot be sold within seven days at a price which the Fund would determine to be fair value.

 

Percentage Limitations.    Compliance with any policy or limitation of the Fund that is expressed as a percentage of assets is determined at the time of purchase of portfolio securities. The policy will not be violated if these limitations are exceeded because of changes in the market value of the Fund’s assets or for any other reason.

 

Credit Quality.    The Fund usually will attempt to maintain a portfolio with an average credit quality rated between Aaa and Baa2 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”) or between AAA to BBB by Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”). Initially, the Fund will maintain a portfolio with an average credit quality rated          by Moody’s and          by S&P. The Fund may, however, invest a portion of its Managed Assets in below investment grade fixed income securities. The Investment Manager determines the Fund’s average credit quality by calculating on a daily basis the weighted average of the credit ratings of the Fund’s investments. Securities are rated by different agencies and if a security receives different ratings from these agencies, the Fund will treat the securities as being rated in the highest rating category. Credit rating criteria are applied at the time the Fund purchases a fixed income security. The Fund may not be able to maintain the average credit quality mentioned above. The Fund may choose not to sell securities that are downgraded after their purchase below the Fund’s minimum acceptable credit rating. The Fund’s credit standards also apply to counterparties to over-the-counter derivatives contracts. The Investment Manager in its reasonable judgment will determine what rating to assign to unrated securities.

 

Duration Management.    The average portfolio duration of the Fund will normally be one and one-half years or less, including the effects of leverage which may change from time to time, based on the Investment Manager’s market outlook. The initial average portfolio duration of the Fund is expected to be between                  years, including the effects of leverage. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a debt security that is used to determine the sensitivity of a security’s price to changes in interest rates. The longer a security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. For example, the market price of a bond with a duration of two years would be expected to decline 2% if interest rates rose 1%. Conversely, the market price of the same bond would be expected to increase 2% if interest rates fell 1%. The market price of a bond with a duration of four years would be expected to increase or decline twice as much as the market price of a bond with a two-year duration. The maturity of a security, another commonly used measure of price sensitivity,

 

14


Table of Contents

measures only the time until final payment is due, whereas duration takes into account the pattern of all payments of interest and principal on a security over time, including how these payments are affected by prepayments and by changes in interest rates.

 

Independent Credit Analysis.    The Investment Manager relies heavily on its own analysis of the credit quality and risks associated with individual debt obligations considered for the Fund, rather than relying exclusively on rating agencies. The Investment Manager has a dedicated team of professionals that conducts fundamental credit research and analysis of individual issuers, industries and sectors and uses proprietary analytical tools (such as computer databases and Web-based applications) to assess and monitor credit risk. The individuals managing the Fund utilize this information in an attempt to minimize credit risk and identify issuers, industries or sectors that are undervalued or that offer attractive yields relative to the Investment Manager’s assessment of their credit characteristics.

 

Portfolio Contents

 

Floating Rate Securities. Floating rate obligations bear interest at rates that are not fixed, but vary with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as the prime rate, and at specified intervals. Such obligations include variable rate master demand notes, which are unsecured instruments issued pursuant to an agreement between the issuer and the holder that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate.

 

Foreign And Emerging Market Investments.    The Fund may invest in foreign securities and currencies, including emerging market debt. Investing in foreign issuers, including in particular emerging market issuers, may involve unique risks compared to investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. As used in this prospectus, an “emerging market” country is any country considered to be an emerging market country by the World Bank at the time of investment. These countries generally include every nation in the world except the United States, Canada, Japan, Australia, New Zealand and most countries located in Western Europe. These securities may be U.S. dollar denominated or non-U.S. dollar denominated and include: (a) debt obligations issued or guaranteed by foreign national, provincial, state, municipal or other governments with taxing authority or by their agencies or instrumentalities, including Brady Bonds; (b) debt obligations of supranational entities; (c) debt obligations (including dollar and non-dollar denominated) and other fixed-income securities of foreign corporate issuers; and (d) non-dollar denominated debt obligations of U.S. corporate issuers. The Fund may also invest in securities denominated in currencies of emerging market countries. There is no minimum rating criteria for the Fund’s investments in such securities. Less information about non-U.S. issuers or markets may be available due to less rigorous disclosure and accounting standards or regulatory practices. Many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets. In a changing market, the Investment Manager may not be able to sell the Fund’s portfolio securities in amounts and at prices the Investment Manager considers reasonable. The U.S. dollar may appreciate against non-U.S. currencies or a foreign government may impose restrictions on currency conversion or trading. The economies of non-U.S. countries may grow at a slower rate than expected or may experience a downturn or recession. Economic, political and social developments may adversely affect non-U.S. securities markets. Some of these risks do not apply to issuers in larger, more developed countries. These risks are more pronounced to the extent the Fund invests in issuers in countries with emerging markets or if the Fund invests significantly in one country.

 

High Yield, Lower Quality Securities.    The Fund may invest a portion of its Managed Assets in high yield, lower quality securities. High yield, lower quality securities are securities that are rated by a recognized rating organization below its top four long-term rating categories or unrated securities determined by the Investment Manager to be of equivalent quality. The issuers of lower quality securities may be highly leveraged and have difficulty servicing their debt, especially during prolonged economic recessions or periods of rising interest rates. The prices of lower quality securities are volatile and may go down due to market perceptions of deteriorating issuer creditworthiness or economic conditions. Lower quality securities may become illiquid and hard to value in down markets. Securities rated below investment grade are considered speculative and, compared to

 

15


Table of Contents

investment grade securities, tend to have more volatile prices and increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to adverse economic and business developments, greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality, greater likelihood that adverse economic or company specific events will make the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments, and greater susceptibility to negative market sentiments leading to depressed prices and decrease in liquidity.

 

Senior Loans.    The Fund may invest in senior loans made by banks or other financial institutions. Senior loans hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a business entity (the “Borrower”), are typically secured with specific collateral and have a claim on the assets and/or stock of the Borrower that is senior to that held by subordinated debt holders and stockholders of the Borrower. The proceeds of senior loans primarily are used to finance leveraged buyouts, recapitalizations, mergers, acquisitions, stock repurchases, refinancings and to finance internal growth and for other corporate purposes. senior loans typically have rates of interest which are re-determined either daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually by reference to a base lending rate, plus a premium or credit spread. These base lending rates are primarily the London-Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”), and secondarily the prime rate offered by one or more major U.S. banks (the “Prime Rate”) and the certificate of deposit (“CD”) rate or other base lending rates used by commercial lenders.

 

Senior loans typically have a stated term of between five and nine years, and have rates of interest which typically are re-determined either daily, monthly, quarterly or semi-annually. Longer interest rate reset periods generally increase fluctuations in the Fund’s net asset value as a result of changes in market interest rates. The Fund is not subject to any restrictions with respect to the maturity of senior loans held in its portfolio. As a result, as short-term interest rates increase, interest payable to the Fund from its investments in senior loans should increase, and as short-term interest rates decrease, interest payable to the Fund from its investments in senior loans should decrease. Because of prepayments, the Fund expects the average life of senior loans to be shorter than the stated maturity.

 

Senior loans and other floating-rate debt instruments are subject to the risk of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. Such non-payment would result in a reduction of income to the Fund, a reduction in the value of the investment and a potential decrease in the net asset value of the Fund. There can be no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral securing a senior loan would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal payments, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of a Borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a senior loan. The collateral securing a senior loan may lose all or substantially all of its value in the event of bankruptcy of a Borrower. Some senior loans are subject to the risk that a court, pursuant to fraudulent conveyance or other similar laws, could subordinate such senior loans to presently existing or future indebtedness of the Borrower or take other action detrimental to the holders of senior loans including, in certain circumstances, invalidating such senior loans or causing interest previously paid to be refunded to the Borrower. If interest were required to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Fund’s performance.

 

Many senior loans in which the Fund will invest may not be rated by a rating agency, will not be registered with the SEC or any state securities commission and will not be listed on any national securities exchange. The amount of public information available with respect to senior loans will generally be less extensive than that available for registered or exchange listed securities. Borrowers may have outstanding debt obligations that are rated below investment grade by a rating agency. Many of the senior loans in the Fund will have been assigned ratings below investment grade by independent rating agencies. In the event senior loans are not rated, they are likely to be the equivalent of below investment grade quality.

 

No active trading market may exist for some senior loans and some loans may be subject to restrictions on resale. A secondary market may be subject to irregular trading activity, wide bid/ask spreads and extended trade settlement periods, which may impair the ability to realize full value and thus cause a material decline in the Fund’s net asset value. In addition, the Fund may not be able to readily dispose of its senior loans at prices that

 

16


Table of Contents

approximate those at which the Fund could sell such loans if they were more widely-traded and, as a result of such illiquidity, the Fund may have to sell other investments or engage in borrowing transactions if necessary to raise cash to meet its obligations. During periods of limited supply and liquidity of senior loans, the Fund’s yield may be lower. See “Risks — Liquidity Risk” and “Risks — Senior Loan Risk.”

 

When interest rates decline, the value of a fund invested in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fund invested in fixed-rate obligations can be expected to decline. Although changes in prevailing interest rates can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the value of senior loans (due to the fact that floating rates on senior loans only reset periodically), the value of senior loans is substantially less sensitive to changes in market interest rates than fixed-rate instruments. Similarly, a sudden and significant increase in market interest rates may cause a decline in the value of these investments and in the Fund’s net asset value. Other factors (including, but not limited to, rating downgrades, credit deterioration, a large downward movement in stock prices, a disparity in supply and demand of certain securities or market conditions that reduce liquidity) can reduce the value of senior loans and other debt obligations, impairing the Fund’s net asset value.

 

The Fund may purchase and retain in its portfolio a senior loan where the Borrower has experienced, or may be perceived to be likely to experience, credit problems, including involvement in or recent emergence from bankruptcy reorganization proceedings or other forms of debt restructuring. Such investments may provide opportunities for enhanced income as well as capital appreciation, although they also will be subject to greater risk of loss. At times, in connection with the restructuring of a senior loan either outside of bankruptcy court or in the context of bankruptcy court proceedings, the Fund may determine or be required to accept equity securities or junior debt securities in exchange for all or a portion of a senior loan.

 

The Fund may purchase senior loans on a direct assignment basis. If the Fund purchases a senior loan on direct assignment, it typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement of the assigning lender and becomes a lender under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning lender. The Fund may also purchase, without limitation, participations in senior loans. The participation by the Fund in a lender’s portion of a senior loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with such lender, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such lender of payments from the Borrower. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participations in a loan to a Borrower, and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. The Fund may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, the Fund assumes the credit risk associated with the Borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which the Fund intends to invest may not be rated by any nationally recognized rating service. Given the current structure of the markets for loan participations and assignments, the Fund expects to treat these securities as illiquid.

 

Sovereign Government and Supranational Debt.    The Fund may invest in all types of fixed income securities of governmental issuers in all countries, including emerging markets. These sovereign fixed income securities may include: fixed income securities issued or guaranteed by governments, governmental agencies or instrumentalities and political subdivisions located in emerging market countries; fixed income securities issued by government owned, controlled or sponsored entities located in emerging market countries; interests in entities organized and operated for the purpose of restructuring the investment characteristics of instruments issued by any of the above issuers; Brady Bonds, which are debt securities issued under the framework of the Brady Plan as a means for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external indebtedness; participations in loans between emerging market governments and financial institutions; or fixed income securities issued by supranational entities such as the World Bank or the European Economic Community. A supranational entity is a bank, commission or company established or financially supported by the national governments of one or more countries to promote reconstruction or development. Sovereign government and supernational debt involve all

 

17


Table of Contents

the risks described herein regarding foreign and emerging markets investments as well as the risk of debt moratorium, repudiation or renegotiation and the Fund may be unable to enforce its rights against the issuers.

 

Corporate Bonds.    The Fund may invest in corporate bonds. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest on the security and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate bond generally may be expected to rise and fall inversely with interest rates. The market value of a corporate bond also may be affected by the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the market place. There is a risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

 

Investment Grade Securities.    Securities are investment grade if they are rated in one of the top four long-term rating categories of a nationally recognized statistical rating organization, they have received a comparable short-term or other rating or they are unrated securities that the Investment Manager reasonably determines are of comparable quality to investment grade securities.

 

Structured Notes and Related Instruments.    The Fund may invest in “structured” notes and other related instruments, which are privately negotiated debt obligations where the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset, market or interest rate (an “embedded index”), such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets, such as indexes reflecting bonds. Structured instruments may be issued by corporations, including banks, as well as by governmental agencies. Structured instruments frequently are assembled in the form of medium-term notes, but a variety of forms are available and may be used in particular circumstances. The terms of such structured instruments normally provide that their principal and/or interest payments are to be adjusted upwards or downwards (but ordinarily not below zero) to reflect changes in the embedded index while the structured instruments are outstanding. As a result, the interest and/or principal payments that may be made on a structured product may vary widely, depending on a variety of factors, including the volatility of the embedded index and the effect of changes in the embedded index on principal and/or interest payments. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the referenced index(es) or other asset(s). Application of a multiplier involves leverage that will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss.

 

The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for hedging purposes or to add leverage to the portfolio. When used for hedging purposes, the Fund would be the buyer of a credit default swap contract. In that case, the Fund would be entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would pay to the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the Fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it receives the stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

 

Mortgage-Backed and Asset-Backed Securities.    The Fund may invest in mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities. Mortgage-related securities may be issued by private companies or by agencies of the U.S. Government and represent direct or indirect participations in, or are collateralized by and payable from, mortgage loans secured by real property. Asset-backed securities represent participations in, or are secured by and payable from, assets such as installment sales or loan contracts, leases, credit card receivables and other categories of receivables. Certain debt instruments may only pay principal at maturity or may only represent the right to receive payments of principal or payments of interest on underlying pools of mortgages, assets or government securities, but not both. The value of these types of instruments may change more drastically than debt securities that pay both principal and interest during periods of changing. The Fund may obtain a below market yield or incur a loss on such instruments during periods of declining interest rates. Principal only and interest only

 

18


Table of Contents

instruments are subject to extension risk. For mortgage derivatives and structured securities that have imbedded leverage features, small changes in interest or prepayment rates may cause large and sudden price movements. Mortgage derivatives can also become illiquid and hard to value in declining markets.

 

Mortgage Dollar Roll Transactions.    The Fund may also use mortgage dollar roll transactions as part of its investment strategy. Under a mortgage dollar roll transaction, the Fund sells securities for delivery in the current month, or sells securities it has purchased on a “TBA” basis, and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type and coupon) securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the Fund forgoes principal and interest paid on the purchased securities. The Fund is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Fund is required to maintain an asset coverage (including the proceeds of the borrowings) of at least 300% of all borrowings. At the time the Fund enters into a mortgage dollar roll, it may establish a segregated account with its custodian bank in which it will maintain cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid high grade debt obligations equal in value to its obligations in respect of mortgage dollar rolls, in which case it is not considered a borrowing for purposes of complying with the foregoing asset coverage requirement or the 33% limitation described above. Alternatively, the Fund will not establish a segregated account when the Investment Manager believes it is not in the best interests of the Fund to do so. In this case, such mortgage dollar rolls will be considered borrowings subject to the asset coverage requirement and 33% limitation described above. Mortgage dollar rolls are speculative techniques involving leverage, and are considered borrowings by the Fund if the Fund does not establish and maintain a segregated account (as described above). In addition, mortgage dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a mortgage dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. Successful use of mortgage dollar rolls may depend upon the Investment Manager’s ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreement Transactions.    The Fund may also use reverse repurchase agreements as part of its investment strategy. Generally, under a reverse repurchase agreement the Fund is the record owner of an underlying security. The Fund transfers ownership of this underlying security to another party in return for a percentage of the value of the underlying security, but retains record ownership and the rights, if any, to receive interest and principal payments on the underlying security. At a future date, the Fund repurchases the underlying security so transferred by remitting the proceeds plus any interest. Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Fund is required to maintain an asset coverage (including the proceeds of the borrowings) of at least 300% of all borrowings. At the time the Fund enters into a reverse repurchase agreement, it may establish a segregated account with its custodian bank in which it will maintain cash or other liquid securities equal in value to its obligations in respect of the reverse repurchase agreements, in which case it is not considered a borrowing for purposes of complying with the foregoing asset coverage requirement or the 33% leverage limitation described below, see “Use of Leverage.” Alternatively, the Fund will not establish a segregated account when the Investment Manager believes it is not in the best interests of the Fund to do so. In this case, such reverse repurchase agreements will be considered Borrowings subject to the asset coverage requirement and 33% leverage limitation described above. If the Fund engages in reverse repurchase agreements or similar investment management techniques when the Fund has a senior class of indebtedness outstanding, the Fund will establish in a segregated account cash or other liquid securities equal to the Fund’s obligations in respect of such investments. Reverse repurchase agreements are speculative techniques involving leverage and are considered borrowings by the Fund if the Fund does not establish and maintain a segregated account (as described above). In addition, reverse repurchase agreements involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of

 

19


Table of Contents

proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities.

 

Successful use of reverse repurchase agreements may depend upon the Investment Manager’s ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that reverse repurchase agreements can be successfully employed.

 

Bank Obligations.    The Fund may invest in certain bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, and fixed time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.

 

Bank Loans, Participations and Assignments.    The Fund may invest in loans issued by banks and other corporations, which investments generally will be in the form of loan participations and assignments of portions of such loans. Participations and assignments involve credit risk, interest rate risk, liquidity risk, and the risks of being a lender. If the Fund purchases a participation, it may only be able to enforce its rights through the lender, and may assume the credit risk of both the lender and the borrower. The Fund may also invest in floating rate bank loans, which typically reset quarterly at a pre-designated spread.

 

Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups and Payment-In-Kind Securities.    Zero-coupon bonds pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. Like zero-coupon bonds, “step-up” bonds pay no interest initially but eventually begin to pay a coupon rate prior to maturity, which rate may increase at stated intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) are debt obligations that pay “interest” in the form of other debt obligations, instead of in cash. Each of these instruments is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The Fund would be required to distribute the income on these instruments as it accrues, even though the Fund will not receive the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, the Fund may have to sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, to make income distributions to its shareholders.

 

Common Stocks.    Common stocks generally represent an ownership interest in an issuer, without preference over any other class of securities, including such issuer’s debt securities, preferred stock and other senior equity securities. Dividend payments generally are not guaranteed and so may be discontinued by the issuer at its discretion or because of the issuer’s inability to satisfy its liabilities. Further, an issuer’s history of paying dividends does not guarantee that it will continue to pay dividends in the future. In addition to dividends, under certain circumstances the Fund may benefit from capital appreciation of an issuer. The Fund may hold or have exposure to common stock of issuers of any size (in terms of market capitalization or otherwise) and in any industry or sector. The common stock may be traded on an exchange or in the over-the-counter market.

 

Although common stocks historically have generated higher average returns than fixed income securities, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of common stocks held by the Fund or to which it has exposure.

 

Currency Transactions.    The Fund may engage in currency transactions with counterparties to hedge the value of portfolio securities denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value or to

 

20


Table of Contents

generate income or gain. Currency transactions include currency forward contracts, exchange-listed currency futures contracts and options thereon, exchange listed and over-the-counter options on currencies and currency swaps. A currency forward contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operate similarly to an interest rate swap. The Fund may enter into currency transactions only with counterparties that the Investment Manager deems to be creditworthy.

 

Derivatives.    The Fund may use a variety of derivative instruments as part of its investment strategies or for hedging or risk management purposes. Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to individual debt instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities, and related indexes. Examples of derivative instruments that the Fund may use include options contracts, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, credit default swaps, credit default swap index securities and swap agreements. The Fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investment directly in securities and other more traditional investments. The Fund’s ability to pursue certain of these strategies may be limited by applicable regulations of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) and the federal income tax requirements applicable to regulated investment companies.

 

As part of its strategies, the Fund may purchase and sell futures contracts, purchase and sell (or write) exchange-listed and over-the-counter put and call options on securities, financial indices and futures contracts, enter into the interest rate and currency transactions discussed below and enter into other similar transactions which may be developed in the future to the extent the Investment Manager determines that they are consistent with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies and applicable regulatory requirements (collectively, “derivative transactions”). The Fund may use any or all of these techniques at any time, and the use of any particular derivative transaction will depend on market conditions. The derivative transactions that the Fund may use are described below.

 

Derivative transactions present certain risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of instruments the Fund has purchased or sold and price movements in the position being hedged creates the possibility that losses on the hedge may be greater than gains in the value of the Fund’s position. In addition, certain derivative instruments and markets may not be liquid in all circumstances. As a result, in volatile markets, the Fund may not be able to close out a transaction without incurring losses substantially greater than the initial deposit. Although the contemplated use of these instruments should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time they may tend to limit any potential gain which might result from an increase in the value of such position.

 

Successful use of derivative transactions by the Fund is subject to the ability of the Investment Manager to predict correctly movements in the direction of interest rates and other factors affecting markets for securities. These skills are different from those needed to select portfolio securities. If the Investment Manager’s expectations are not met, the Fund would be in a worse position than if a derivative transaction had not been pursued. For example, if the Fund hedged against the possibility of an increase in interest rates which would adversely affect the price of securities in its portfolio and the price of such securities increased instead, the Fund would lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities because it would have offsetting losses in its futures positions. Losses due to derivative transactions will reduce net asset value. See “Risks — Derivatives Risk.”

 

Investment Objective Policies

 

The Fund’s investment objective is a fundamental investment policy, as discussed below in “— Fundamental Investment Policies.” Upon the Investment Manager’s recommendation, for temporary

 

21


Table of Contents

defensive purposes and in order to keep the Fund’s cash fully invested, including during the period in which the net proceeds of this offering are being invested, the Fund may deviate from its investment objectives and policies and invest some or all of its Managed Assets in high-quality, short-term debt securities. The Fund may not achieve its investment objectives when it does so.

 

The Fund may engage in active and frequent trading to achieve its principal investment strategies. This may lead to the realization and distribution to shareholders of higher capital gains, which would increase their tax liability. Frequent trading also increases transaction costs, which could detract from the Fund’s performance.

 

Fundamental Investment Policies

 

The Fund has adopted certain fundamental investment policies designed to limit investment risk. These fundamental investment policies may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares and, if issued, Fund Preferred Shares voting as a single class. A “majority of the outstanding” shares means (i) 67% or more of the shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the shares outstanding are present or represented by proxy or (ii) more than 50% of the shares outstanding, whichever of (i) or (ii) is less. See “Investment Objective” and “Investment Policies and Techniques” in the Statement of Additional Information for a complete list of the fundamental and non-fundamental investment policies of the Fund. See “Description of Shares — Fund Preferred Shares — Voting Rights” and the Statement of Additional Information under “Fund Preferred Shares — Voting Rights” for additional information with respect to the voting rights of holders of Fund Preferred Shares.

 

The Fund may become subject to guidelines which are more limiting than the fundamental investment policies referenced above in order to obtain and maintain ratings from a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (NRSRO) on the Fund Preferred Shares that it may issue. The Fund does not anticipate that such guidelines would have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s Common Shareholders or the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objectives.

 

Portfolio Turnover

 

It is not the Fund’s policy to engage in transactions with the objective of seeking profits from short-term trading. It is expected that the annual portfolio turnover rate of the Fund will be less than     %. Because it is difficult to predict accurately portfolio turnover rates, actual turnover may be higher or lower. Higher portfolio turnover results in increased Fund costs, including brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on the sale and reinvestment of securities.

 

USE OF LEVERAGE

 

The Fund intends to use leverage through borrowing, including loans from certain financial institutions, the use of mortgage dollar roll transactions and reverse repurchase agreements and the issuance of debt, and possibly through the issuance of Fund Preferred Shares, in an aggregate amount of up to approximately 33% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such Borrowings. It is possible that following such Borrowings, the assets of the Fund will decline due to market conditions such that this 33% threshold will be exceeded. In that case, the leverage risk to holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) will be increased. See “Risks — Leverage Risk.” In addition, the Fund may engage in mortgage dollar roll transactions and reverse repurchase agreements and similar investment management techniques which provide leverage, but which are not subject to the foregoing 33% limitation so long as investments therein are appropriately collateralized by cash or other liquid securities of the Fund. See “The Fund’s Investments — Portfolio Contents — Mortgage Dollar Roll Transactions” and “The Fund’s Investments — Portfolio Contents — Reverse Repurchase Agreement Transactions.” Under current market conditions, the Fund intends to borrow or utilize leverage principally through the use of mortgage dollar roll transactions and reverse repurchase agreements in an amount up to 33% of its total assets after such Borrowings. Any Borrowings would leverage, and have seniority over, the Common Shares.

 

22


Table of Contents

Currently, the Fund intends to leverage primarily through reverse repurchase agreements and has no intention to offer Fund Preferred Shares. Circumstances may arise such that the Fund may choose to issue Fund Preferred Shares. If issued, Fund Preferred Shares would also have seniority over the Common Shares and would leverage the Common Shares. There is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful.

 

Changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities, including costs attributable to Borrowings or Fund Preferred Shares, will be borne entirely by the Common Shareholders. If there is a net decrease (or increase) in the value of the Fund’s investment portfolio, the leverage will decrease (or increase) the net asset value per Common Share to a greater extent than if the Fund were not leveraged. During periods when the Fund is using leverage, the fees paid to the Investment Manager for advisory services will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s Managed Assets, which includes the amount of Borrowings and assets attributable to Fund Preferred Shares. The Common Shareholders will bear the costs associated with any Borrowings. If the Fund issues Fund Preferred Shares, the Common Shareholders will also bear the offering costs of the Fund Preferred Share issuance, which are currently expected to be slightly over 1% of the total amount of the Fund Preferred Share issuance.

 

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund generally is not permitted to issue commercial paper or notes or borrow unless immediately after the borrowing or commercial paper or note issuance the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities other than the principal amount represented by commercial paper, notes or borrowings is at least 300% of such principal amount. In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s total assets, less liabilities other than the principal amount represented by commercial paper, notes or borrowings, is at least 300% of such principal amount after deducting the amount of such dividend or distribution. If the Fund borrows, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to prepay all or a portion of the principal amount of any outstanding commercial paper, notes or borrowing to the extent necessary to maintain the required asset coverage. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default and entitle the debt holders to elect a majority of the Board of Directors.

 

Utilization of leverage is a speculative investment technique and involves certain risks to the holders of Common Shares. These include the possibility of higher volatility of the net asset value of the Common Shares and potentially more volatility in the market value of the Common Shares. So long as the Fund is able to realize a higher net return on its investment portfolio than the then-current cost of any leverage together with other related expenses, the effect of the leverage will be to cause holders of Common Shares to realize a higher rate of return than if the Fund were not so leveraged. On the other hand, to the extent that the then-current cost of any leverage, together with other related expenses, approaches the net return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to holders of Common Shares will be reduced. In addition, if the then-current cost of any leverage together with related expenses were to exceed the net return on the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund’s leveraged capital structure would result in a lower rate of return to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful.

 

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue its own preferred shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s asset coverage is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Fund Preferred Shares (i.e., such liquidation value may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s asset coverage less all liabilities other than borrowings).

 

In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s asset coverage less liabilities other than borrowings satisfies the above-referenced 200% coverage requirement. If Fund Preferred Shares are issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Fund Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain coverage of at least 200%.

 

If Fund Preferred Shares are outstanding, two of the Fund’s Directors will be elected by the holders of Fund Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class. The remaining Directors of the Fund will be elected by holders of

 

23


Table of Contents

Common Shares and Fund Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. In the unlikely event that the Fund fails to pay dividends on Fund Preferred Shares for two years, holders of Fund Preferred Shares would be entitled to elect a majority of the Directors of the Fund. The failure to pay dividends or make distributions could result in the Fund ceasing to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code, which could have a material adverse effect on the value of the Common Shares.

 

The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions imposed either by guidelines of a lender, if the Fund borrows from a lender, or by one or more rating agencies which may issue ratings for Fund Preferred Shares. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede the Investment Manager from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. In addition to other considerations, to the extent that the Fund believes that the covenants and guidelines required by the rating agencies would impede its ability to meet its investment objectives, or if the Fund is unable to obtain its desired rating on Fund Preferred Shares, the Fund will not issue Fund Preferred Shares.

 

Assuming (1) that Borrowings or Fund Preferred Shares will represent in the aggregate approximately 33% of the Fund’s total assets after such Borrowings or issuance, and (2) the Borrowings or Fund Preferred Shares will bear interest or pay dividends or other payments at an annual average rate of         %, then the incremental income generated by the Fund’s portfolio (net of estimated expenses including expenses related to Borrowings or Fund Preferred Shares) must exceed approximately         % in order to cover such interest rates, dividend payments or other payment rates. Of course, these numbers are merely estimates used for illustration. Actual Borrowing or Fund Preferred Share interest rates, dividend, or payment rates may vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower than the rate estimated above.

 

The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the SEC. It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on Common Share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (comprised of income and changes in the value of investments held in the Fund’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of what the Fund’s investment portfolio returns will be. The table further reflects the use of Borrowings or the issuance of Fund Preferred Shares representing approximately 33% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after such Borrowings, and the Fund’s currently projected annual borrowing interest rate, payment rate or dividend rate, of 1.20%. See “Risks — Leverage Risk.” The table does not reflect any offering costs of Common Shares or Fund Preferred Shares or expenses attributable to any Borrowings.

 

Assumed Portfolio Total Return

     (10.00 )%   (5.00 )%   0.00 %   5.00 %   10.00 %

Common Share Total Return

     (          )%   (        )%   (        )%          %              %  

 

Common Share total return is composed of two elements — the Common Share dividends paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the net investment income of the Fund after paying interest on Borrowings or dividends on Fund Preferred Shares) and realized and unrealized gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns.

 

Unless and until the Fund uses leverage through Borrowings or, alternately issues Fund Preferred Shares, the Common Shares will not be leveraged and this section will not apply.

 

RISKS

 

The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company designed primarily as a long-term investment and not as a trading vehicle. The Fund is not intended to be a complete investment program and, due to the uncertainty inherent in all investments, there can be no assurance that the Fund will achieve its investment objectives. Your Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than you invested, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions.

 

24


Table of Contents

No History of Operations

 

The Fund is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company with no history of operations or public trading.

 

Investment Risk

 

An investment in the Fund is subject to investment risk, including the possible loss of the entire principal amount that you invest. Your investment in the Fund represents an indirect investment in the securities owned by the Fund. The value of these securities may increase or decrease, at times rapidly and unexpectedly. Your investment in the Fund at any point in the future may be worth less than your original investment even after taking into account the reinvestment of dividends and distributions.

 

Market Risk

 

Your investment in Common Shares represents an indirect investment in securities owned by the Fund, most of which could be purchased directly. Your Common Shares at any point in time may be worth less than what you invested, even after taking into account the reinvestment of Fund dividends and distributions. The value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may move up or down, sometimes rapidly and unpredictably. The Fund expects to utilize leverage, which magnifies market risk. See “— Leverage Risk.”

 

Floating and Variable Rate Debt Risk

 

The absence of an active secondary market with respect to particular variable and floating rate instruments could make it difficult for the Fund to dispose of a variable or floating rate note if the issuer defaulted on its payment obligation or during periods that the Fund is not entitled to exercise its demand rights, and the Fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer a loss with respect to such instruments.

 

Emerging Markets Risk

 

The Fund’s investments in debt securities of emerging market issuers may include dollar and non-dollar denominated: (i) debt obligations issued or guaranteed by foreign national, provincial, state, municipal or other governments with taxing authority or by their agencies or instrumentalities, including Brady Bonds; (ii) debt obligations of supranational entities; (iii) debt obligations and other fixed-income securities of foreign corporate issuers; (iv) debt obligations of U.S. corporate issuers; (v) debt securities issued by corporations that generate significant profits from emerging market countries; and (vi) structured securities, including but not limited to, warrants, options and other derivatives, whose price is directly linked to emerging market securities or indices.

 

Investing in securities of emerging market issuers entails all of the risks of investing in securities of foreign issuers to a heightened degree. The heightened risks include: (i) greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization, and less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the market for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in lack of liquidity and price volatility; and (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests.

 

The economies of individual emerging market countries may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, currency depreciation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payments position. Further, the economies of developing countries generally are heavily dependent upon international trade and, accordingly, have been and may continue to be adversely affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These economies also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade.

 

25


Table of Contents

Foreign investment in certain emerging market issuers is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions or controls may at times limit or preclude foreign investment in certain emerging market issuers and increase the costs and expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domiciliaries of the countries and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors. Certain emerging market countries may also restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests.

 

Emerging market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in an emerging market country’s balance of payments, the country could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. The Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any restrictions on investments. Investing in local markets in emerging market countries may require the Fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the Fund.

 

Below Investment Grade Securities (High Yield) Risk

 

At any one time, a portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets may be invested in below investment grade securities (high yield securities) and unrated securities of equivalent credit quality. High yield securities, commonly referred to as “junk bonds”, and unrated securities generally offer a higher current yield than that available from higher grade issues, but are considered speculative and, compared to investment grade securities, tend to have more volatile prices and increased price sensitivity to changing interest rates and to adverse economic and business developments, a greater risk of loss due to default or declining credit quality, a greater likelihood that adverse economic or company specific events will make the issuer unable to make interest and/or principal payments, a greater susceptibility to negative market sentiments leading to depressed prices and decreased liquidity.

 

During periods of economic downturn or rising interest rates, issuers of high yield and unrated instruments may experience financial stress that could adversely affect their ability to make payments of principal and interest and increase the possibility of default. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may also decrease the values and liquidity of low rated and unrated securities especially in a market characterized by a low volume of trading. In addition, these companies may not have access to more traditional methods of financing, and may be unable to repay debt at maturity by refinancing. The risk of loss due to default in payment of interest or principal by these issuers is significantly greater than with higher rated securities because high yield and unrated securities generally are unsecured and subordinated to senior debt. In addition, default may cause the Fund to incur expenses in seeking recovery of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings.

 

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk

 

Investing in foreign issuers, including in particular emerging market issuers, may involve unique risks compared to investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. Some of these risks do not apply to issuers located in larger, more developed countries. These risks are more pronounced as the Fund will invest in issuers in emerging markets countries or if the Fund invests significantly in one country. Less information about non-U.S. issuers or markets may be available due to less rigorous disclosure and accounting standards or regulatory practices. Many non-U.S. markets are smaller, less liquid and more volatile than U.S. markets. In a changing market, the Investment Manager may not be able to sell the Fund’s portfolio securities in amounts and at prices the Investment Manager considers reasonable. Economic, political and social developments may significantly disrupt the financial markets or interfere with the Fund’s ability to enforce its rights against foreign government issuers. The value of securities denominated in foreign currencies may fluctuate based on changes in the value of those currencies relative to the U.S. dollar, and a decline in applicable foreign exchange rates could reduce the value of

 

26


Table of Contents

such securities held by the Fund. Foreign settlement procedures also may involve additional risks. Foreign investment risk may be particularly high as the Fund will invest in securities of issuers based in or securities denominated in the currencies of developing or “emerging market” countries.

 

The ability of a foreign sovereign issuer, especially in an emerging market country, to make timely and ultimate payments on its debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the sovereign issuer’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credits and investments, fluctuations of interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in dollars could be adversely affected. If a sovereign issuer cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks, and multinational organizations.

 

Additional factors that may influence the ability or willingness to service debt include, but are not limited to, a country’s cash flow situation, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of its debt service burden to the economy as a whole, and its government’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund, the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and other international agencies to which a government debtor may be subject. A substantial portion of the Fund’s foreign sovereign and foreign corporate debt securities portfolio is expected to be issued by issuers located in countries considered to be emerging markets, and investments in such securities are particularly speculative. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates.

 

Heightened risks of investing in emerging market sovereign debt include:

 

    Risk of default by a governmental issuer or guarantor. In the event of a default, the Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor.

 

    Risk of restructuring certain debt obligations (such as Brady Bonds). This may include reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments or requiring lenders to extend additional credit, which may adversely affect the value of these investments.

 

There may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than about a U.S. company, and foreign companies may not be subject to accounting, auditing, and financial reporting standards and requirements comparable to or as uniform as those of U.S. companies. Certain foreign countries, especially certain emerging market countries, may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors which could adversely affect the Fund. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in the country’s balance of payments, it could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Investing in local markets in foreign countries may require the Fund to adopt special procedures, seek local governmental approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the Fund. Moreover, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on foreign securities exchanges are generally higher than in the United States.

 

Senior Loan Risk

 

As in the case of junk bonds, senior loans may be rated in lower grade rating categories, or may be unrated but of lower grade quality. As in the case of junk bonds, senior loans can provide higher yields than higher-grade income securities, but are subject to greater credit and other risks. Although senior loan obligations often are secured by pledges of assets by the Borrower and have other structural aspects intended to provide greater protection to the holders of bank loans than the holders of unsecured and subordinated securities, there are also additional risks in holding senior loans. In particular, the secondary trading market for senior loans is not well developed, and therefore, senior loans present increased market risk relating to liquidity and pricing concerns.

 

27


Table of Contents

The Fund may acquire senior loans of Borrowers that are experiencing, or are more likely to experience, financial difficulty, including senior loans of Borrowers that have filed for bankruptcy protection. Although senior loans in which the Fund will invest generally will be secured by specific collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the Borrower’s obligation in the event of nonpayment of scheduled interest or principal, or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of a Borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations with respect to its ability to realize the benefits of the collateral securing a senior loan. In the event that the Fund invests a portion of its assets in senior loans that are not secured by specific collateral, the Fund will not enjoy the benefits of collateralization with respect to such senior loans.

 

In the case of collateralized senior loans, there is no assurance that sale of the collateral would raise enough cash to satisfy the Borrower’s payment obligation or that the collateral can or will be liquidated. As a result, the Fund might not receive payments to which it is entitled and thereby may experience a decline in the value of its investment and its net asset value. In the event of bankruptcy, liquidation may not occur and the court may not give Lenders the full benefit of their senior positions. If the terms of a senior loan do not require the Borrower to pledge additional collateral, the Fund will be exposed to the risk that the value of the collateral will not at all times equal or exceed the amount of the Borrower’s obligations under the senior loans. To the extent that a senior loan is collateralized by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries, such stock may lose all of its value in the event of bankruptcy of the Borrower. Uncollateralized senior loans involve a greater risk of loss.

 

Leverage Risk

 

The Fund is authorized to use borrowed funds and utilize leverage (including loans from certain financial institutions and the use of mortgage dollar roll transactions and reverse repurchase agreements) in amounts not exceeding 33% of its total assets, including the amount borrowed, and under current market conditions intends to use leverage up to such amount. Utilization of leverage is a speculative investment technique and involves certain risks to the holders of Common Shares. These include the possibility of higher volatility of the net asset value of the Common Shares and potentially more volatility in the market value of the Common Shares. So long as the Fund is able to realize a higher net return on its investment portfolio than the then-current cost of any leverage together with other related expenses, the effect of the leverage will be to cause holders of Common Shares to realize a higher rate of return than if the Fund were not so leveraged. On the other hand, the Fund’s use of leverage will result in increased operating costs. Thus, to the extent that the then-current cost of any leverage, together with other related expenses, approaches the net return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to holders of Common Shares will be reduced. In addition, if the then-current cost of any leverage together with related expenses were to exceed the net return on the Fund’s portfolio, the Fund’s leveraged capital structure would result in a lower rate of return to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not so leveraged. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful.

 

Any decline in the net asset value of the Fund will be borne entirely by Common Shareholders. Therefore, if the market value of the Fund’s portfolio declines, the leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not leveraged. Such greater net asset value decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the Common Shares.

 

Certain types of Borrowings may result in the Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverages or portfolio composition or otherwise. In addition, the Fund may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies which may issue ratings for commercial paper or notes issued by the Fund. Such restrictions may be more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. See “Use of Leverage.”

 

As noted above, the Fund may engage in mortgage dollar roll transactions, reverse repurchase agreements and other investment management techniques which provide leverage, but which are not considered to be borrowings or senior securities by the SEC, and are not subject to the foregoing 33% limitation, so long as the

 

28


Table of Contents

Fund has established in a segregated account cash or other liquid securities equal to the Fund’s obligations in respect of such investments. See “The Fund’s Investments — Portfolio Contents — Mortgage Dollar Roll Transactions” and “The Fund’s Investments — Portfolio Contents — Reverse Repurchase Agreements.”

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Interest rates may go up, causing the prices of fixed income securities to decline and reducing the value of certain of the Fund’s securities investments. During periods of declining interest rates, the issuer of a security may exercise its option to prepay principal earlier than scheduled, forcing the Fund to reinvest in lower yielding securities. This is known as call or prepayment risk. During periods of rising interest rates, the average life of certain types of securities is extended because of slower than expected principal payments. This may lock in a below market interest rate, increase the security’s duration and reduce the value of the security. This is known as extension risk. The Manager’s judgment about the attractiveness, relative value or potential appreciation of a particular sector or security or about interest rate trends may prove to be incorrect. Because market interest rates are currently near their lowest levels in many years, there is a great risk that the Fund’s portfolio will decline in value.

 

Issuer Risk

 

The value of fixed-income securities issued by corporations may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer such as management performance, financial leverage or reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services.

 

Derivatives Risk

 

The Fund may utilize a variety of derivative instruments for investment or risk management purposes, such as options, futures contracts or swap agreements. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this Prospectus, such as liquidity risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, leveraging risk and management risk. They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation and the risk that changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with an underlying asset, interest rate or index. Suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial. If the Fund invests in a derivative instrument, it could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial. The use of derivatives also may increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, credit default swaps involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty).

 

Credit Risk and Counterparty Risk

 

The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the derivative contracts purchased by the Fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.

 

Reinvestment Risk

 

Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if and when the Fund invests the proceeds from matured, traded or called debt obligations at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the Fund’s share price or its overall return.

 

29


Table of Contents

Asset-Backed, Mortgage-Backed or Mortgage-Related Securities Risk

 

To the extent the Fund invests significantly in asset-backed, mortgage-backed or mortgage-related securities, its exposure to prepayment and extension risks may be greater than other investments in fixed income securities. Mortgage derivatives held by the Fund may have especially volatile prices and may have a disproportionate effect on the Fund’s share price. Rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of mortgage- related securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. In addition, mortgage-related securities are subject to prepayment risk — the risk that borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected, particularly when interest rates decline. This can reduce the Fund’s returns because the Fund may have to reinvest that money at lower prevailing interest rates. The Fund’s investments in other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities.

 

Inflation Risk

 

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of certain fixed income assets or income from investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline. In addition, during any periods of rising inflation, dividend rates of Fund Preferred Shares would likely increase, which would tend to further reduce returns to Common Shareholders.

 

Liquidity Risk

 

The Fund may invest up to 15% of its Managed Assets in illiquid securities. The term “illiquid securities” for this purpose means securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities. Illiquid securities may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. The Fund may be subject to significant delays in disposing of illiquid securities. Accordingly, the Fund may be forced to sell these securities at less than fair market value or may not be able to sell them when the Investment Manager believes it is desirable to do so. Illiquid securities also may entail registration expenses and other transaction costs that are higher than those for liquid securities. Restricted securities, i.e., securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, may be illiquid. However, some restricted securities (such as securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933 and certain commercial paper) may be treated as liquid for these purposes.

 

In addition, the secondary markets for certain types of securities, including high yield securities, are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher-rated securities. The secondary markets for these securities are characterized by relatively few market makers and lower trading volume. Accordingly, these secondary markets (generally or for a particular security) could contract under real or perceived adverse market or economic conditions. As the Fund may invest up to 20% of its Managed Assets in high yield securities, these factors may have an adverse effect on the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular portfolio investments and may limit the ability of the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating net asset value.

 

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk

 

The aftermath of the war with Iraq, the continuing occupation of Iraq and continuing terrorist attacks around the world are likely to have a substantial impact on the U.S. and world economies and securities markets. The nature, scope and duration of the occupation cannot be predicted with any certainty. The war and occupation, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead to, increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Those events could also have an acute effect on individual issuers or related groups of issuers. These risks could also adversely affect individual issuers and securities markets, interest rates, auctions, secondary trading, ratings, credit risk, inflation and other factors relating to the Common Shares.

 

30


Table of Contents

High yield securities and securities of issuers with smaller market capitalizations tend to be more volatile than higher rated securities and securities of issuers with larger market capitalizations so that these events and any actions resulting from them may have a greater impact on the prices and volatility of high yield securities and securities of issuers with smaller market capitalizations than on higher rated securities and securities of issuers with larger market capitalizations.

 

Currency Devaluations and Fluctuations

 

The Fund may invest in non-dollar-denominated investments. The Fund may be limited in its ability to hedge the value of its non-dollar-denominated investments against currency fluctuations. As a result, a decline in the value of currencies in which the Fund’s investments are denominated against the dollar will result in a corresponding decline in the dollar value of the Fund’s assets. These declines will in turn affect the Fund’s income and net asset value. The Fund will compute its income on the date of its receipt by the Fund at the exchange rate in effect with respect to the relevant currency on that date. If the value of the currency declines relative to the dollar between the date income is accrued and the date the Fund makes a distribution, the amount available for distribution to the Fund’s shareholders would be reduced. If the exchange rate against the dollar of a currency in which a portfolio security of the Fund is denominated declines between the time the Fund accrues expenses in dollars and the time expenses are paid, the amount of the currency required to be converted into dollars in order to pay expenses in dollars will be greater than the equivalent amount in the currency of the expenses at the time they are incurred. A decline in the value of non-U.S. currencies relative to the dollar may also result in foreign currency losses that will reduce distributable net investment income.

 

Market Price Discount from Net Asset Value

 

Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. This characteristic is a risk separate and distinct from the risk that the Fund’s net asset value could decrease as a result of its investment activities and may be a greater risk for investors expecting to sell their shares in a relatively short period following completion of this offering. The net asset value of the Common Shares will be less than the amount you pay for a share as a result of the sales load. In addition, net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering as a result of the Fund’s offering costs up to and including $0.03 per Common Share. The net asset value of Common Shares will be further reduced by the underwriting fees and the costs of any Borrowings if used and/or issuance costs of any Fund Preferred Shares. Whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of the Common Shares will depend not upon the Fund’s net asset value but upon whether the market price of the Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the investor’s purchase price for the Common Shares. Because the market price of the Common Shares will be determined by factors such as relative supply of and demand for the Common Shares in the market, general market and economic conditions, and other factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade at, below or above net asset value or at, below or above the initial public offering price.

 

Non-Diversified Status

 

Because the Fund is classified as “non-diversified” under the 1940 Act, it can invest a greater portion of its assets in obligations of a single issuer than a “diversified” fund. As a result, the Fund will be more susceptible than a diversified fund to being adversely affected by any single corporate, economic, political or regulatory occurrence. See “The Fund’s Investments.” The Fund intends to diversify its investments to the extent necessary to maintain its status as a regulated investment company under U.S. federal income tax laws. See “Tax Matters.”

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

 

The Fund’s Articles and By-Laws include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an open-end fund. These provisions could have the effect of

 

31


Table of Contents

depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then-current market price of the Common Shares. See “Certain Provisions in the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws.”

 

Interest Rate Transactions Risk

 

The Fund may enter into a swap or cap transaction in connection with the purchase of fixed rate debt securities and in order to reduce the interest rate risk inherent in the Fund’s investment and capital structure. A decline in interest rates may result in a decline in net amounts receivable by the Fund from the counterparty under the swap or cap (or an increase in the net amounts payable by the Fund to the counterparty under the swap), which may result in a decline in the net asset value of the Fund. See “Interest Rate Transactions.”

 

Risks of Futures and Options on Futures

 

The use by the Fund of futures contracts and options on futures contracts to hedge interest rate risks involves special considerations and risks, as described below.

 

    Successful use of hedging transactions depends upon the Investment Manager’s ability to correctly predict the direction of changes in interest rates. There can be no assurance that any particular hedging strategy will succeed.

 

    There might be imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between the price movements of a futures or option contract and the movements of the interest rates being hedged. Such a lack of correlation might occur due to factors unrelated to the interest rates being hedged, such as market liquidity and speculative or other pressures on the markets in which the hedging instrument is traded.

 

    Hedging strategies, if successful, can reduce risk of loss by wholly or partially offsetting the negative effect of unfavorable movements in the interest rates being hedged. However, hedging strategies can also reduce opportunity for gain by offsetting the positive effect of favorable movements in the hedged interest rates.

 

    There is no assurance that a liquid secondary market will exist for any particular futures contract or option thereon at any particular time. If the Fund were unable to liquidate a futures contract or an option on a futures contract position due to the absence of a liquid secondary market or the imposition of price limits, it could incur substantial losses. The Fund would continue to be subject to market risk with respect to the position.

 

    There is no assurance that the Fund will use hedging transactions. For example, if the Fund determines that the cost of hedging will exceed the potential benefit to the Fund, the Fund will not enter into such transactions.

 

INTEREST RATE TRANSACTIONS

 

In pursuing its investment objective, the Fund will primarily invest in floating rate and variable rate debt securities. In connection with the purchase of fixed rate debt securities and in order to reduce the interest rate risk inherent in the Fund’s investments and capital structure, the Fund may enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions. The Fund would use interest rate swaps or caps only with the intent to reduce or eliminate the risk that an increase in short-term interest rates could have on Common Share net earnings as a result of leverage. Interest rate swaps involve the Fund’s agreement with the swap counterparty to pay a fixed rate payment in exchange for the counterparty paying the Fund a variable rate payment that is intended to approximate all or a portion of the Fund’s variable rate interest payments on Borrowings or any variable rate dividend payment obligation on Fund Preferred Shares. The payment obligation would be based on the notional amount of the swap, which will not exceed the amount of the Fund’s leverage. The Fund will usually enter into swaps on a net basis; that is, the two payment streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two

 

32


Table of Contents

payments. The Fund intends to segregate cash or liquid securities having a value at least equal to the Fund’s net payment obligations under any swap transaction, marked to market daily. The Fund will treat such amounts as illiquid for purposes of its 15% limit on investments in illiquid securities.

 

The Fund may use interest rate caps, which would require it to pay a premium to the cap counterparty and would entitle it, to the extent that a specified variable rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate, to receive payment from the counterparty of the difference based on the notional amount.

 

The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. Depending on the state of interest rates in general, the Fund’s use of interest rate instruments could enhance or harm the overall performance of the Common Shares. To the extent there is a decline in interest rates, the net amount receivable by the Fund, if any, under the interest rate swap or cap could decline, and could thus result in a decline in the net asset value of the Common Shares. In addition, if short-term interest rates are lower than the Fund’s fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will reduce Common Share net earnings if the Fund must make net payments to the counterparty. If, on the other hand, short-term interest rates are higher than the fixed rate of payment on the interest rate swap, the swap will enhance Common Share net earnings if the Fund receives net payments from the counterparty. Buying interest rate caps could enhance the performance of the Common Shares by providing a maximum leverage expense. Buying interest rate caps could also decrease the net earnings of the Common Shares in the event that the premium paid by the Fund to the counterparty exceeds the additional amount of interest on Borrowings or dividends on Fund Preferred Shares that the Fund would have been required to pay had it not entered into the cap agreement. The Fund has no current intention of entering into swaps or caps other than as described in this Prospectus. The Fund would not enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions in an aggregate notional amount that exceeds the outstanding amount of the Fund’s leverage.

 

Interest rate swaps and caps do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate swaps is limited to the net amount of interest payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. If the counterparty defaults, the Fund would not be able to use the anticipated net receipts under the swap or cap to offset the interest payments on Borrowings or the dividend payments on Fund Preferred Shares. Depending on whether the Fund would be entitled to receive net payments from the counterparty on the swap or cap, which in turn would depend on the general state of short-term interest rates at that point in time, such a default could negatively impact the performance of the Common Shares.

 

Although this will not guarantee that the counterparty does not default, the Fund will not enter into an interest rate swap or cap transaction with any counterparty that the Investment Manager believes does not have the financial resources to honor its obligation under the interest rate swap or cap transaction. Further, the Investment Manager will continually monitor the financial stability of a counterparty to an interest rate swap or cap transaction in an effort to proactively protect the Fund’s investments.

 

In addition, at the time the interest rate swap or cap transaction reaches its scheduled termination date, there is a risk that the Fund will not be able to obtain a replacement transaction or that the terms of the replacement will not be as favorable as those of the expiring transaction. If this occurs, it could have a negative impact on the performance of the Common Shares.

 

The Fund may choose or be required to prepay any Borrowings or redeem some or all Fund Preferred Shares. This redemption would likely result in the Fund seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any swap or cap transaction. Such early termination of a swap could result in a termination payment by or to the Fund. An early termination of a cap could result in a termination payment to the Fund. There may also be penalties associated with early termination.

 

The Fund may also purchase and sell futures contracts and options on futures contracts to hedge interest rate risk. See “The Fund’s Investments — Portfolio Contents — Derivatives.”

 

33


Table of Contents

The Fund’s ability to engage in interest rate transactions to hedge interest rate risk may be limited by tax considerations.

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

 

Directors and Officers

 

The overall management of the business and affairs of the Fund is vested in the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors approves all significant agreements between the Fund and persons or companies furnishing services to the Fund. The day-to-day operation of the Fund is delegated to the officers of the Fund and to the Investment Manager, subject always to the objectives, restrictions and policies of the Fund and to the general supervision of the Board of Directors. Certain Directors and officers of the Fund are affiliated with the Investment Manager and Citigroup Inc., the parent corporation of the Investment Manager. All of the Fund’s executive officers hold similar offices with some or all of the other funds advised by the Investment Manager.

 

A team of professionals at the Investment Manager is primarily responsible for overseeing the day-to-day operations of the Fund.

 

That team is led by Peter J. Wilby, James E. Craige, Roger Lavan, David Torchia, Beth A. Semmel and David Scott, who each serve as a Portfolio Manager for the Fund. Messrs. Wilby, Craige, Lavan and Torchia and Ms. Semmel each have been a Managing Director of Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc for the past five years and Mr. Scott has been a Managing Director of Citigroup Asset Management Limited (“CAM Limited”) for the past four years.

 

Investment Manager

 

Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc is the Investment Manager for the Fund and uses an institutional asset management process, philosophy and portfolio managers. The Investment Manager was established in 1987 and together with its affiliates in London, Tokyo and Hong Kong, provides a broad range of fixed income and equity investment services to individuals and institutional clients throughout the world. The Investment Manager’s principal address is 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022. It is an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup. Citigroup businesses provide a broad range of financial services — asset management, banking and consumer finance, credit and charge cards, insurance, investments, investment banking and securities trading — and use diverse channels to make them available to consumer and corporate customers around the world.

 

The Investment Manager is one of the largest closed-end fund managers with 15 closed-end fixed income funds. The Investment Manager’s fixed income team is 80-plus people, including 41 portfolio managers, 41 analysts, and 3 portfolio specialists, each specializing in different sectors of the global fixed income marketplace. As of June 30, 2004, the team managed approximately 147.8 billion in fixed income assets.

 

In connection with the Investment Manager’s service to the Fund, CAM Limited, whose address is Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, London E14 5LB, United Kingdom, will provide certain advisory services to the Investment Manager relating to currency transactions and investments in non-dollar-denominated debt securities for the benefit of the Fund pursuant to a subadvisory consulting agreement. The Investment Manager will pay CAM Limited a fee for its services at no additional expense to the Fund. The fee will be based upon a percentage of the management fee equal to the amount of the Fund’s assets the Investment Manager allocates to CAM Limited to manage. CAM Limited is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup.

 

Investment Management Agreement

 

Pursuant to an Investment Management Agreement between the Investment Manager and the Fund, the Fund has agreed to pay the Investment Manager an annual management fee for the services and facilities

 

34


Table of Contents

provided by the Investment Manager of         % of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets (which includes the amount of Borrowings and assets attributable to Fund Preferred Shares), payable on a monthly basis. The management fee paid by the Fund is higher than the management fees paid by certain other closed-end investment companies investing in fixed income securities, but which may not employ investment policies similar to the Fund’s and which do not provide for active asset allocation among high yield, emerging markets and investment grade fixed-income securities. Assuming Borrowings and/or the issuance of Fund Preferred Shares in the amount of 33% of the Fund’s total assets (after issuance of Fund Preferred Shares and/or Borrowings), the annual fee payable to the Investment Manager would be         % of net assets attributable to Common Shares (i.e., not including amounts attributable to Borrowings and/or Fund Preferred Shares).

 

The Investment Manager has also agreed to pay (i) all of the Fund’s organizational costs and (ii) offering costs of the Fund (other than the sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share. The Fund will pay all of its offering costs up to and including $0.04 per Common Share.

 

In addition to the fee paid to the Investment Manager, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including, but not limited to, compensation of its Directors (other than those affiliated with the Investment Manager), custodian, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, rating agency fees, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of registering and qualifying shares for sale, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses in connection with any Borrowings, expenses of issuing any Fund Preferred Shares, expenses of being listed on a stock exchange, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, amendments to the Fund’s registration statement, membership in investment company organizations, and taxes, if any.

 

The Fund’s management fees and other expenses, including expenses incurred in the issuance of the Fund Preferred Shares and/or Borrowings, are paid only by the Common Shareholders, and not by holders of Fund Preferred Shares. See “Use of Leverage.”

 

Recent Developments

 

Citigroup has been notified by the Staff of the SEC that the Staff is considering recommending a civil injunctive action and/or an administrative proceeding against Citigroup Asset Management (“CAM”), including its applicable investment advisory companies and Citicorp Trust Bank (“CTB”), an internal transfer agent, relating to the creation and operation of the internal transfer agent unit to serve certain CAM-managed funds. CTB did not provide services to the Funds whose symbols are listed below. This notification arises out of a previously disclosed investigation by the SEC and the U.S. Attorney and relates to CTB’s entry in 1999 into the transfer agency business, CAM’s retention of, and agreements with, an unaffiliated sub transfer agent, the adequacy of the disclosures made to the fund boards that approved the transfer agency arrangements, (including CAM’s failure to disclose a related revenue guarantee agreement benefiting CAM and its affiliates), and CAM’s operation of and compensation for the transfer agency business. The revenue guarantee described above was terminated in 1999 and CAM will be paying the applicable funds, primarily through fee waivers, a total of approximately $17 million (plus interest) that is the amount of the revenue received by Citigroup relating to the revenue guarantee. Citigroup is cooperating fully in the investigation and will seek to resolve the matter in discussions with the SEC Staff. Although there can be no assurance, Citigroup Asset Management does not believe that this matter will have a material adverse affect on the Fund.

 

Control Persons

 

A control person is a person who beneficially owns more than 25% of the voting securities of a company.                                           has provided the initial capitalization of the Fund and therefore is a control person because it is the sole shareholder of the Fund as of the date of this Prospectus. However, it is anticipated that                  will no longer be a control person once the offering is completed.

 

35


Table of Contents

NET ASSET VALUE

 

The Fund determines the net asset value of its Common Shares on each day the Exchange is open for business, as of the close of the customary trading session (normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern time), or any earlier closing time that day. The Fund determines net asset value per Common Share by dividing the value of the Fund’s securities, cash and other assets (including interest accrued but not collected) less all its liabilities (including accrued expenses, the liquidation preference of any Fund Preferred Shares and dividends payable) by the total number of Common Shares outstanding. The Fund values portfolio securities for which market quotations are readily available at market value. The Fund’s short-term investments are valued at amortized cost when the security has 60 days or less to maturity. Determination of the Common Shares’ net asset value is made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 

The Fund values all other securities and assets at their fair value. If events occur that materially affect the value of a security between the time trading ends on the security and the close of the customary trading session of the Exchange, the Fund may value the security at its fair value as determined in good faith by or under the supervision of the Board of Directors of the Fund. The effect of using fair value pricing is that the Common Shares’ net asset value will be subject to the judgment of the Board of Directors or its designee instead of being determined by the market.

 

Any swap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have a positive or negative value for purposes of calculating net asset value. Any cap transaction that the Fund enters into may, depending on the applicable interest rate environment, have no value or a positive value. In addition, accrued payments to the Fund under such transactions will be assets of the Fund and accrued payments by the Fund will be liabilities of the Fund.

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

The Fund intends to distribute its net investment (ordinary) income on a monthly basis. The Fund expects to declare its initial distribution approximately 45 to 60 days, and pay it approximately 90 days, from the completion of this offering. At least annually, the Fund intends to distribute all of its net long-term capital gains, if any. Both monthly and annual distributions to Common Shareholders will be made only after making interest and required principal payments on Borrowings, if any or paying any accrued dividends on, or redeeming or liquidating, any Fund Preferred Shares.

 

From time to time, the Fund may distribute less than the entire amount of net investment income earned in a particular period, which amount may be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income actually earned by the Fund during the period and the Fund may have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio to make a distribution at a time when independent investment judgment might not dictate such action. Undistributed net investment income is included in the Common Shares’ net asset value and, correspondingly, distributions from net investment income will reduce the Common Shares’ net asset value. In addition, the terms of any Borrowings or Fund Preferred Shares (if issued) may prohibit the Fund from making distributions in the amount or at the time that it otherwise would.

 

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

 

Unless you elect to receive distributions in cash (i.e., opt-out), all dividends, including any capital gain dividends, on your Common Shares will be automatically reinvested by American Stock Transfer, as agent for the Common Shareholders (the “Plan Agent”), in additional Common Shares under the Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”). You may elect not to participate in the Plan by contacting the Plan Agent. If you do not

 

36


Table of Contents

participate, you will receive all cash distributions paid by check mailed directly to you by American Stock Transfer, as dividend paying agent.

 

If you participate in the Plan, the number of Common Shares you will receive will be determined as follows:

 

(1)  If the market price of the Common Shares on the record date (or, if the record date is not a New York Stock Exchange trading day, the immediately preceding trading day) for determining shareholders eligible to receive the relevant dividend or distribution (the “determination date”) is equal to or exceeds 98% of the net asset value per share of the Common Shares, the Fund will issue new Common Shares at a price equal to the greater of (a) 98% of the net asset value per share at the close of trading on the Exchange on the determination date or (b) 95% of the market price per share of the Common Shares on the determination date.

 

(2)  If 98% of the net asset value per share of the Common Shares exceeds the market price of the Common Shares on the determination date, the Plan Agent will receive the dividend or distribution in cash and will buy Common Shares in the open market, on the Exchange or elsewhere, for your account as soon as practicable commencing on the trading day following the determination date and terminating no later than the earlier of (a) 30 days after the dividend or distribution payment date, or (b) the record date for the next succeeding dividend or distribution to be made to the Common Shareholders; except when necessary to comply with applicable provisions of the federal securities laws. If during this period: (i) the market price rises so that it equals or exceeds 98% of the net asset value per share of the Common Shares at the close of trading on the Exchange on the determination date before the Plan Agent has completed the open market purchases or (ii) if the Plan Agent is unable to invest the full amount eligible to be reinvested in open market purchases, the Plan Agent will cease purchasing Common Shares in the open market and the Fund shall issue the remaining Common Shares at a price per share equal to the greater of (a) 98% of the net asset value per share at the close of trading on the Exchange on the determination date or (b) 95% of the then current market price per share.

 

The Plan Agent maintains all participants’ accounts in the Plan and gives written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information you may need for tax records. Common Shares in your account will be held by the Plan Agent in non-certificated form. Any proxy you receive will include all Common Shares you have received under the Plan.

 

You may withdraw from the Plan by notifying the Plan Agent in writing at P.O. Box 922, Wall Street Station, New York, New York 10269-0560 or by calling the Plan Agent at 1-888-777-0320 or by accessing the Plan Agent’s website at www.amstock.com. Such withdrawal will be effective immediately if notice is received by the Plan Agent not less than ten business days prior to any dividend or distribution record date; otherwise such withdrawal will be effective as soon as practicable after the Plan Agent’s investment of the most recently declared dividend or distribution on the Common Shares. The Plan may be terminated by the Fund upon notice in writing mailed to Common Shareholders at least 30 days prior to the record date for the payment of any dividend or distribution by the Fund for which the termination is to be effective. Upon any termination, you will be sent a certificate or certificates for the full Common Shares held for you under the Plan and cash for any fractional Common Shares. You may elect to notify the Plan Agent in advance of such termination to have the Plan Agent sell part or all of your shares on your behalf. You will be charged a service charge and the Plan Agent is authorized to deduct brokerage charges actually incurred for this transaction from the proceeds.

 

There is no service charge for reinvestment of your dividends or distributions in Common Shares. However, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan Agent when it makes open market purchases. Because all dividends and distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares, this allows you to add to your investment through dollar cost averaging, which may lower the average cost of your Common Shares over time. Dollar cost averaging is a technique for lowering the average cost per share over time if the Fund’s net asset value declines. While dollar cost averaging has definite

 

37


Table of Contents

advantages, it cannot assure profit or protect against loss in declining markets. Investors will be subject to income tax on amounts reinvested under the plan.

 

Automatically reinvesting dividends and distributions does not mean that you do not have to pay income taxes due upon receiving dividends and distributions.

 

The Fund reserves the right to amend or terminate the Plan if, in the judgment of the Board of Directors, the change is warranted. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants. Additional information about the Plan and your account may be obtained from the Plan Agent at                         .

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

 

Common Shares

 

The Articles authorize the issuance of 100,000,000 Common Shares, par value $0.001 per share. All Common Shares have equal rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation. Common Shares will, when issued, be fully paid and non-assessable, and will have no pre-emptive or conversion rights or rights to cumulative voting. The Board of Directors, without shareholder vote, can increase or decrease the aggregate number of common shares outstanding and can reclassify any authorized but unissued shares. Whenever Fund Preferred Shares are outstanding, Common Shareholders will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Fund unless all accrued dividends on Fund Preferred Shares have been paid, and unless asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to Fund Preferred Shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions. See “— Fund Preferred Shares” below.

 

The Common Shares have been approved for listing on the Exchange, subject to notice of issuance. The Fund intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the Common Shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing. The Fund must continue to meet the Exchange requirements in order for the Common Shares to remain listed.

 

The Common Shares’ net asset value per share generally increases when interest rates decline, and decreases when interest rates rise, and these changes are likely to be greater because the Fund intends to have a leveraged capital structure. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering by the amount of the sales load and the offering expenses paid by the Fund up to and including $0.04 per Common Share. The net asset value of Common Shares will be further reduced by the underwriting fees and issuance costs of any Fund Preferred Shares, if and when issued.

 

Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Fund do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional Common Shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may conveniently do so by trading on the Exchange through a broker or otherwise. Shares of closed-end funds may frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than net asset value.

 

The market value of the Common Shares may be influenced by such factors as dividend levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), call protection, dividend stability, portfolio credit quality, net asset value, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions, and other factors beyond the control of the Fund. The Fund cannot assure you that Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. The Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and investors in the Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes. See “— Fund Preferred Shares” below and the Statement of Additional Information under “Repurchase of Fund Shares.”

 

38


Table of Contents

Fund Preferred Shares

 

The Articles authorize the issuance of Fund Preferred Shares, par value $0.001 per share, in one or more series, with rights as determined by the Board of Directors. Such shares may be issued by action of the Board of Directors without the approval of the Common Shareholders.

 

The Fund’s Board of Directors may authorize an offering of Fund Preferred Shares (representing up to approximately 33% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after the time the Fund Preferred Shares are issued) at some point after completion of the offering of Common Shares. Any such offering is subject to market conditions, a credit rating satisfactory to the Fund from two or more NRSROs, and to the Board of Directors’ continuing belief that leveraging the Fund’s capital structure through the issuance of Fund Preferred Shares is likely to achieve the benefits to the Common Shareholders described in this Prospectus. Although the terms of the Fund Preferred Shares will be determined by the Board of Directors (subject to applicable law and the Fund’s Articles) if and when it authorizes a Fund Preferred Shares offering, the Board of Directors expects that the Fund Preferred Shares, at least initially, would likely pay cumulative dividends at rates determined over relatively shorter-term periods (such as 7 or 28 days), by providing for the periodic redetermination of the dividend rate through an auction or remarketing procedure. The Board of Directors has indicated that the preference on distributions, liquidation preference, voting rights and redemption provisions of the Fund Preferred Shares will likely be as stated below.

 

Limited Issuance of Fund Preferred Shares.    The issuance of Fund Preferred Shares is subject to certain limitations under the 1940 Act, including a limit on the aggregate liquidation value and the Fund’s ability to declare cash dividends or other distributions on Common Shares under certain circumstances. See “Use of Leverage” and “Risks — Leverage Risk.”

 

Distribution Preference.    The Fund Preferred Shares will have complete priority over the Common Shares as to distribution of assets.

 

Liquidation Preference.    In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Fund, holders of Fund Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned or declared) before any distribution of assets is made to holders of Common Shares.

 

Voting Rights.    Fund Preferred Shares are required to be voting shares and to have equal voting rights with Common Shares. Except as otherwise indicated in this Prospectus or the Statement of Additional Information and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Fund Preferred Shares will vote together with Common Shareholders as a single class.

 

Holders of Fund Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, will be entitled to elect two of the Fund’s Directors. The remaining Directors will be elected by Common Shareholders and holders of Fund Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class. In the unlikely event that two full years of accrued dividends are unpaid on the Fund Preferred Shares, the holders of all outstanding Fund Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, will be entitled to elect a majority of the Fund’s Directors until all dividends in arrears have been paid or declared and set apart for payment. In order for the Fund to take certain actions or enter into certain transactions, a separate class vote of holders of Fund Preferred Shares will be required, in addition to the combined class vote of the holders of Fund Preferred Shares and Common Shares. See “Certain Provisions in the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws” and the Statement of Additional Information under “Fund Preferred Shares — Voting Rights.”

 

Redemption, Repurchase and Sale of Fund Preferred Shares.    The terms of the Fund Preferred Shares may provide that they are redeemable at certain times, in whole or in part, at the original purchase price per share plus

 

39


Table of Contents

accumulated dividends. The terms may also state that the Fund may tender for or repurchase Fund Preferred Shares. Any redemption or repurchase of Fund Preferred Shares by the Fund will reduce the leverage applicable to Common Shares. See “Use of Leverage.”

 

Borrowings

 

The Articles authorize the Fund, without prior approval of the Common Shareholders, to borrow money. The Fund may use mortgage dollar roll transactions and reverse repurchase agreements, may issue notes or other evidence of indebtedness (including bank borrowings and commercial paper) and may secure any such borrowings by mortgaging, pledging or otherwise subjecting the Fund’s assets as security. In connection with such borrowing, the Fund may be required to maintain minimum average balances with the lender or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit. Any such requirements will increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.

 

Limitations.    Borrowings by the Fund are subject to certain limitations under the 1940 Act, including the amount of asset coverage required. In addition, agreements related to the Borrowings may also impose certain requirements, which may be more stringent than those imposed by the 1940 Act. See “Use of Leverage” and “Risks — Leverage Risk.”

 

Distribution Preference.    The rights of lenders to the Fund to receive interest on, and repayment of, principal of any such Borrowings will be senior to those of the Common Shareholders, and the terms of any such Borrowings may contain provisions which limit certain activities of the Fund, including the payment of dividends to Common Shareholders in certain circumstances.

 

Voting Rights.    The 1940 Act (in certain circumstances) grants to holders of senior securities certain rights if the Fund fails to maintain certain asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act (in certain circumstances) also grants to the lenders to the Fund certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment of interest on, or repayment of, principal. In the event that such provisions would impair the Fund’s status as a regulated investment company under the Code, the Fund, subject to its ability to liquidate its relatively illiquid portfolio, intends to repay the Borrowings. Any Borrowings will likely be ranked senior or equal to all other existing and future borrowings of the Fund.

 

The discussion above describes the Board of Directors’ present intention with respect to a possible offering of Fund Preferred Shares or Borrowings. If the Board of Directors determines to authorize any of the foregoing, the terms may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the Articles.

 

CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS

 

The Fund has provisions in its Articles and By-Laws that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund, to cause it to engage in certain transactions or to modify its structure. Commencing with the first annual meeting of shareholders, if there are three or more Directors at that time, the Board of Directors will be divided into three classes, having initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At the annual meeting of shareholders in each year thereafter, the term of one class will expire and directors will be elected to serve in that class for terms of three years. This provision could delay for up to two years the replacement of a majority of the Board of Directors. A director may be removed from office only for cause and only by a vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to be cast for the election of directors.

 

40


Table of Contents

The affirmative vote of at least 75% of the entire Board of Directors is required to authorize the conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company. Such conversion also requires the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the shareholders of the Fund unless it is approved by a vote of at least 75% of the Continuing Directors (as defined below), in which event such conversion requires the approval of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the shareholders of the Fund. A “Continuing Director” is any member of the Board of Directors of the Fund who (i) is not a person or affiliate of a person who enters or proposes to enter into a Business Combination (as defined below) with the Fund (an “Interested Party”) and (ii) who has been a member of the Board of Directors of the Fund for a period of at least 12 months, or has been a member of the Board of Directors since September 10, 2004, or is a successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with an Interested Party and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors of the Fund. The affirmative vote of at least 75% of the entire Board of Directors and of at least 75% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by shareholders of the Fund will be required to amend the Articles to change any of the provisions in this paragraph and the preceding paragraph and the following paragraph.

 

The affirmative votes of at least 75% of the entire Board of Directors and the holders of at least (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the shareholders of the Fund and (ii) in the case of a Business Combination (as defined below), 66 2/3% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by the shareholders of the Fund other than votes held by an Interested Party who is (or whose affiliate is) a party to a Business Combination (as defined below) or an affiliate or associate of the Interested Party, are required to authorize any of the following transactions:

 

(i)  merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange of the Fund with or into any other person;

 

(ii)  issuance or transfer by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12-month period) of any securities of the Fund to any person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding issuances or transfers of debt securities of the Fund, sales of securities of the Fund in connection with a public offering, issuances of securities of the Fund pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Fund, issuance of securities of the Fund upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Fund and portfolio transactions effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of business;

 

(iii)  sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Fund (in one or a series of transactions in any 12 month period) to or with any person or entity of any assets of the Fund having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more except for portfolio transactions (including pledges of portfolio securities in connection with borrowings) effected by the Fund in the ordinary course of its business (transactions within clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above being known individually as a “Business Combination”);

 

(iv)  the voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the Fund or an amendment to the Fund’s Articles to terminate the Fund’s existence; or

 

(v)  unless the 1940 Act or federal law requires a lesser vote, any shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the Fund’s assets as to which shareholder approval is required under federal or Maryland law.

 

However, the shareholder vote described above will not be required with respect to the foregoing transactions (other than those set forth in (v) above) if they are approved by a vote of at least 75% of the Continuing Directors. In that case, if Maryland law requires shareholder approval, the affirmative vote of a majority of votes entitled to be cast thereon shall be required. The Fund’s Articles and By-Laws contain provisions the effect of which is to prevent matters, including nominations of directors, from being considered at a shareholders’ meeting where the Fund has not received notice of the matters generally at least 60 but no more than 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting.

 

41


Table of Contents

Reference is made to the Articles and By-Laws of the Fund, on file with the SEC, for the full text of these provisions. These provisions could have the effect of depriving shareholders of an opportunity to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. These provisions, however, offer several possible advantages. They may require persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid for the shares required to obtain such control, they promote continuity and stability and they enhance the Fund’s ability to pursue long-term strategies that are consistent with its investment objectives.

 

REPURCHASE OF FUND SHARES

 

The Fund is a closed-end investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, liquidity will be provided through trading in the open market. Notice is hereby given in accordance with Section 23(c) of the 1940 Act that the Fund may purchase at market prices from time to time shares of its common stock in the open market but is under no obligation to do so.

 

TAX MATTERS

 

The following brief tax discussion assumes you are a U.S. shareholder and that you hold your shares as a capital asset. In the Statement of Additional Information we have provided more detailed information regarding the tax consequences of investing in the Fund. The Fund intends to elect to be treated as and to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under federal income tax law. If the Fund so qualifies and distributes each year to its shareholders at least 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (which includes interest income, dividends the Fund receives, and net short-term capital gain net of expenses of the Fund, but determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid), the Fund will not be required to pay federal income taxes on any income it distributes to shareholders but such distributions will generally be taxable to you as a shareholder of the Fund when received.

 

Dividends paid to you out of the Fund’s “investment company taxable income” will, except in the case of dividends from “qualified dividend income” described below, be taxable to you as ordinary dividend income to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits. Distributions of net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, are taxable to you as long-term capital gains, regardless of how long you have held your Fund shares. The Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain. A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits is treated as a non-taxable return of capital that reduces your tax basis in your Common Shares; any such distributions in excess of your basis are treated as gain from a sale of your shares. The tax treatment of your dividends and distributions will be the same regardless of whether they were paid to you in cash or reinvested in additional Common Shares. Shareholders not subject to tax on their income will not be required to pay tax on amounts distributed to them.

 

For taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2008, distributions of investment company taxable income that are designated by the Fund as derived from “qualified dividend income” are taxed to individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain provided holding periods and other requirements are met at both the Fund and the Common Shareholder level. Higher tax rates will apply in 2009 unless further legislative action is taken by Congress. The Fund does not expect a significant portion of Fund distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income.

 

A distribution will be treated as paid to you on December 31 of the current calendar year if it is declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid during January of the following year. Each year, we will notify you of the tax status of dividends and other distributions.

 

42


Table of Contents

If you sell your Common Shares, or have shares repurchased by the Fund, you may realize a capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and your adjusted tax basis in the shares sold, which gain or loss will be long-term or short-term depending generally on your holding period for the shares.

 

We may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax from all taxable distributions payable if you:

 

    fail to provide us with your correct taxpayer identification number;

 

    fail to make required certifications; or

 

    have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that you are subject to backup withholding.

 

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability.

 

It is not expected that you will be subject to the alternative minimum tax as a result of your investment in the Fund. Fund distributions may be subject to state and local taxes. You should consult with your own tax adviser regarding the particular consequences of investing in the Fund.

 

UNDERWRITING

 

Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date hereof, each underwriter named below has severally agreed to purchase, and the Fund has agreed to sell to such underwriter, the number of Common Shares set forth opposite the name of such underwriter.

 

Underwriters


   Number of Shares

      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
      
    

Total

    
    

 

43


Table of Contents

The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the several underwriters to purchase the Common Shares included in this offering are subject to approval of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the Common Shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the Common Shares.

 

The underwriters, for whom                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                 are acting as representatives, propose to offer some of the Common Shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this Prospectus and some of the Common Shares to certain dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $        per Common Share. The sales load of $        per share is equal to        % of the initial offering price. The underwriters may allow, and such dealers may reallow, a concession not in excess of $         per Common Share on sales to certain other dealers. If all of the Common Shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the public offering price and other selling terms. Investors must pay for any Common Shares purchased on or before             , 2004. The representatives have advised the Fund that the underwriters do not intend to confirm any sales to any accounts over which they exercise discretionary authority.

 

The Investment Manager (and not the Fund) has also agreed to pay to                                   and other qualifying underwriters additional underwriting compensation at an aggregate annual rate equal to     % of the Fund’s average daily Managed Assets. These fees will be payable in arrears at the end of each calendar quarter during the continuance of the investment management agreement or other advisory agreement between the Investment Manager and the Fund. Each underwriter that will receive these fees has agreed to provide certain after-market services to the Investment Manager designed to maintain the visibility of the Fund on an ongoing basis, which include, in the case of              in its capacity as lead manager, the preparation of certain economic research and statistical information and reports regarding the Fund and comparative closed-end investment companies. The total sales load payable to the underwriters will not exceed 4.50% of the total price to the public of the common shares offered hereby. The sum total of all compensation to the underwriters in connection with this offering of Common Shares, including the sales load, additional compensation and any expense reimbursement, will be limited to not more than 9.0% of the total price to the public of Common Shares offered hereby.

 

The Fund has granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to          additional Common Shares at the public offering price less the sales load. The underwriters may exercise such option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent such option is exercised, each underwriter will be obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase a number of additional Common Shares approximately proportionate to such underwriter’s initial purchase commitment.

 

The Fund and the Investment Manager have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus, they will not, without the prior written consent of             , on behalf of the underwriters, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of any Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for Common Shares or grant any options or warrants to purchase Common Shares.

 

Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the Common Shares. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the Common Shares was determined by negotiation among the Fund, the Investment Manager and their representatives. There can be no assurance, however, that the price at which the Common Shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the price at which they are sold by the underwriters or that an active trading market in the Common Shares will develop and continue after this offering. The Fund intends to apply for listing on the Exchange, under the symbol “            .” In connection with the requirements for listing the Fund’s Common Shares on the Exchange, the underwriters have undertaken to sell lots of 100 or more Common Shares to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial owners in the United States. The minimum investment requirement is 100 Common Shares.

 

44


Table of Contents

The following table shows the sales load that the Common Shareholder will pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional Common Shares.

 

     Paid by Fund

     No exercise

   Full exercise

Per share

   $                 $             

Total

   $                 $             

 

The Fund and the Investment Manager have each agreed to indemnify the several underwriters or contribute to losses arising out of certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

 

The Fund will pay all of its offering costs up to and including $0.04 per Common Share. The Investment Manager has agreed to pay (i) all of the Fund’s organizational costs and (ii) offering costs of the Fund (other than the sales load) that exceed $0.04 per Common Share.

 

Certain underwriters may make a market in the Common Shares after trading in the Common Shares has commenced on the Exchange. No underwriter is, however, obligated to conduct market-making activities and any such activities may be discontinued at any time without notice at the sole discretion of the underwriter. No assurance can be given as to the liquidity of, or the trading market for, the Common Shares as a result of any market-making activities undertaken by any underwriter. This Prospectus is to be used by any underwriter in connection with the offering and, during the period in which a prospectus must be delivered, with offers and sales of the Common Shares in market-making transactions in the over-the-counter market at negotiated prices related to prevailing market prices at the time of the sale.

 

The underwriters have advised the Fund that, pursuant to Regulation M under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, certain persons participating in the offering may engage in transactions, including stabilizing bids, covering transactions or the imposition of penalty bids, which may have the effect of stabilizing or maintaining the market price of the Common Shares on the Exchange at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. A “stabilizing bid” is a bid for or the purchase of the Common Shares on behalf of an underwriter for the purpose of fixing or maintaining the price of the Common Shares. A “covering transaction” is a bid for or purchase of the Common Shares on behalf of an underwriter to reduce a short position incurred by the underwriters in connection with the offering. A “penalty bid” is a contractual arrangement whereby if, during a specified period after the issuance of the Common Shares, the underwriters purchase Common Shares in the open market for the account of the underwriting syndicate and the Common Shares purchased can be traced to a particular underwriter or member of the selling group, the underwriting syndicate may require the underwriter or selling group member in question to purchase the Common Shares in question at the cost price to the syndicate or may recover from (or decline to pay to) the underwriter or selling group member in question any or all compensation (including, with respect to a representative, the applicable syndicate management fee) applicable to the Common Shares in question. As a result, an underwriter or selling group member and, in turn, brokers may lose the fees that they otherwise would have earned from a sale of the Common Shares if their customer resells the Common Shares while the penalty bid is in effect. The underwriters are not required to engage in any of these activities, and any such activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

 

The underwriting agreement provides that it may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the representatives, without liability on the part of any underwriter to the Fund or the Investment Manager, by notice to the Fund or the Investment Manager if, prior to the delivery of and payment for the shares, (i) trading in the shares shall have been suspended by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the New York Stock Exchange or trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange shall have been suspended or limited or minimum prices for trading in securities generally shall have been established on such exchange, (ii) a commercial banking moratorium shall have been declared by either federal or New York state authorities, or

 

45


Table of Contents

(iii) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities, declaration by the United States of a national emergency or war, or other calamity or crisis the effect of which on financial markets in the United States is such as to make it, in the representatives’ sole judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering or delivery of the shares as contemplated by this prospectus (exclusive of any supplement hereto).

 

The Fund anticipates that from time to time the representatives of the underwriters and certain other underwriters may act as brokers or dealers in connection with the execution of the Fund’s portfolio transactions after they have ceased to be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, may act as brokers while they are underwriters.

 

Prior to the public offering of Common Shares,          purchased Common Shares from the Fund in an amount satisfying the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act.

 

The principal business address of                      is             , New York, New York         .

 

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

 

The custodian of the assets of the Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company, One Heritage Drive, North Quincy, Massachusetts 02171. The Custodian performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services. The Fund’s transfer, shareholder services and dividend paying agent is PFPC Inc., P.O. Box 9764, Providence, Rhode Island, 02940-9764.

 

LEGAL OPINIONS

 

Certain legal matters in connection with the Common Shares will be passed upon for the Fund by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York and for the underwriters by                             . Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP and                              may rely as to certain matters of Maryland law on the opinion of Piper Rudnick LLP, Baltimore, Maryland.

 

46


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS OF THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Investment Objectives

   1

Investment Policies and Techniques

   2

Management of the Fund

   43

Investment Manager

   48

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage

   50

Net Asset Value

   52

Fund Preferred Shares

   52

Certain Provisions in the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws

   53

Repurchase of Fund Shares

   54

Tax Matters

   54

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities

   60

Performance Related and Comparative Information

   60

Experts

   61

Custodian

   61

Additional Information

   61

Report of Independent Auditors

   62

Financial Statement For Fund

   63

Appendix A — Ratings of Debt Securities

   A-1

Appendix B — Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   B-1

 

47


Table of Contents

 

 

                 Shares

 

Salomon Brothers Floating Rate Strategic Fund Inc.

 

Common Shares

 


 

PROSPECTUS

 

                 , 2004

 


 

 

 


 

SAM0450


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion, Dated August     , 2004

 

Salomon Brothers Floating Rate Strategic Fund Inc.

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

Salomon Brothers Floating Rate Strategic Fund Inc. (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, non-diversified, closed-end management investment company.

 

This Statement of Additional Information relating to common shares of the Fund (“Common Shares”) does not constitute a prospectus, but should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus relating thereto dated                      , 2004, and as it may be supplemented (the “Prospectus”). This Statement of Additional Information does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing Common Shares, and investors should obtain and read the Fund’s Prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the Fund’s Prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling (888) 777-0102 or by writing to the Fund at 300 First Stamford Place, Stamford, CT 06902. Prospective investors may also obtain a copy of the Fund’s Prospectus on the Securities and Exchange Commission’s web site (http://www.sec.gov). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

 

This Statement of Additional Information is dated                      , 2004.


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Investment Objectives

   1

Investment Policies and Techniques

   2

Management of the Fund

   43

Investment Manager

   48

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage

   50

Net Asset Value

   52

Fund Preferred Shares

   52

Certain Provisions in the Articles of Incorporation and By-Laws

   53

Repurchase of Fund Shares

   54

Tax Matters

   54

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities

   60

Performance Related and Comparative Information

   60

Experts

   61

Custodian

   61

Additional Information

   61

Report of Independent Auditors

   62

Financial Statement For Fund

   63

Appendix A—Ratings of Debt Securities

   A-1

Appendix B—Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

   B-1


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE

 

The Fund’s investment objective is to maintain a high level of current income. The Fund’s investment objective is fundamental and may not be changed by the Fund’s Board of Directors without shareholder approval.

 

Investment Policies

 

Fundamental Policies.    Except as described below, the Fund, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares, and if issued, a majority of the outstanding Fund Preferred Shares voting together as a single class:

 

(1)  Borrow money or issue any senior security, except to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time and under the Articles. See “Use of Leverage” and “Risks—Leverage Risk” in the Prospectus.

 

(2)  Act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers, except to the extent that in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under the federal securities laws.

 

(3)  Concentrate its investments in a particular industry or group of industries, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

 

(4)  Purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase securities secured by real estate or interests therein, or securities issued by companies which invest in real estate, or interests therein.

 

(5)  Purchase or sell commodities or commodities contracts or oil, gas or mineral programs. This restriction shall not prohibit the Fund, subject to restrictions described in the Prospectus and elsewhere in this Statement of Additional Information, from purchasing, selling or entering into futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts, or any interest rate, securities-related or other hedging instrument, including swap agreements and other derivative instruments, subject to compliance with any applicable provisions of the federal securities or commodities laws.

 

(6)  Make loans, except to the extent permitted under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

 

For purposes of the foregoing, “majority of the outstanding,” means (i) 67% or more of such shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of such shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of such shares, whichever is less.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to the Fund’s investments (as stated above and elsewhere in this Statement of Additional Information) apply only at the time a transaction is entered into. Any subsequent change in a rating assigned by any rating service to a security (or, if unrated, deemed by the Investment Manager to be of comparable quality), or change in the percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in the average maturity or duration of the Fund’s investment portfolio, resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in the Fund’s total assets, will not require the Fund to dispose of an investment until the Investment Manager determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences to the Fund. In the event that rating agencies assign different ratings to the same security, the Investment Manager will treat the security as being in the highest rating category.

 

Under the 1940 Act, a “senior security” does not include any promissory note or evidence of indebtedness where such loan is for temporary purposes only and in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the total

 

1


Table of Contents

assets of the issuer at the time the loan is made. A loan is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within sixty days and is not extended or renewed.

 

The Fund would be deemed to “concentrate” in a particular industry if it invested more than 25% of its Managed Assets in that industry. The Fund’s industry concentration policy does not preclude it from focusing investments in issuers in a group of related industrial sectors (such as different types of utilities).

 

The Fund interprets its policies with respect to borrowing and lending to permit such activities as may be lawful for the Fund, to the full extent permitted by the 1940 Act or by exemption from the provisions therefrom pursuant to exemptive order of the SEC.

 

If the Fund issues Fund Preferred Shares, it intends to apply for ratings for its Fund Preferred Shares from Moody’s and/or S&P. In order to obtain and maintain the required ratings, the Fund may be required to comply with investment quality, diversification and other guidelines established by Moody’s or S&P. Such guidelines will likely be more restrictive than the restrictions set forth above. The Fund does not anticipate that such guidelines would have a material adverse effect on holders of the Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) or its ability to achieve its investment objectives. No minimum rating is required for the issuance of Fund Preferred Shares by the Fund. Moody’s and S&P receive fees in connection with their ratings issuances.

 

INVESTMENT POLICIES AND TECHNIQUES

 

The following information supplements the discussion of the Fund’s investment objective, policies, and techniques that are described in the Prospectus.

 

Under normal market conditions, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its Managed Assets in floating rate and variable rate instruments of U.S. and non-U.S. issuers, including U.S. and non-U.S. investment grade, high yield, senior corporate and bank loans, emerging markets debt fixed income securities and derivatives related to these securities.

 

Floating and Variable Rate Obligations

 

The Fund may invest in floating and variable rate obligations. Floating or variable rate obligations bear interest at rates that are not fixed, but vary with changes in specified market rates or indices, such as the prime rate, and at specified intervals. Such obligations include variable rate master demand notes, which are unsecured instruments issued pursuant to an agreement between the issuer and the holder that permit the indebtedness thereunder to vary and provide for periodic adjustments in the interest rate.

 

Certain of the floating or variable rate obligations that may be purchased by the Fund may carry a demand feature that would permit the holder to tender them back to the issuer of the instrument or to a third party at par value prior to maturity. Some of the demand instruments purchased by the Fund are not traded in a secondary market and derive their liquidity solely from the ability of the holder to demand repayment from the issuer or third party providing credit support. If a demand instrument is not traded in a secondary market, the Fund will nonetheless treat the instrument as “readily marketable” for the purposes of its investment restriction limiting investments in illiquid securities unless the demand feature has a notice period of more than seven days in which case the instrument will be characterized as “not readily marketable” and therefore illiquid. The Investment Manager will monitor on an ongoing basis the ability of an issuer of a demand instrument to pay principal and interest on demand.

 

The Fund’s right to obtain payment at par on a demand instrument could be affected by events occurring between the date the Fund elects to demand payment and the date payment is due that may affect the ability of the issuer of the instrument or third party providing credit support to make payment when due, except when such

 

2


Table of Contents

demand instruments permit same day settlement. To facilitate settlement, these same day demand instruments may be held in book entry form at a bank other than the Fund’s custodian subject to a sub-custodian agreement approved by the Fund between that bank and the Fund’s custodian.

 

Foreign Securities

 

Investors should recognize that investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special considerations which are not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. Investments in securities of foreign issuers may involve risks arising from differences between U.S. and foreign securities markets, including less volume, much greater price volatility in and illiquidity of certain foreign securities markets, different trading and settlement practices and less governmental supervision and regulation, from changes in currency exchange rates, from high and volatile rates of inflation, from economic, social and political conditions such as wars, terrorism, civil unrest and uprisings, and, as with domestic multinational corporations, from fluctuating interest rates.

 

There may be less publicly-available information about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers may not be subject to the same accounting, auditing and financial record-keeping standards and requirements as U.S. issuers. In particular, the assets and profits appearing on the financial statements of an emerging market country issuer may not reflect its financial position or results of operations in the way they would be reflected had the financial statements been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. In addition, for an issuer that keeps accounting records in local currency, inflation accounting rules may require, for both tax and accounting purposes, that certain assets and liabilities be restated on the issuer’s balance sheet in order to express items in terms of currency of constant purchasing power. Inflation accounting may indirectly generate losses or profits. Consequently, financial data may be materially affected by restatements for inflation and may not accurately reflect the real condition of those issuers and securities markets. Finally, in the event of a default in any such foreign obligations, it may be more difficult for the Fund to obtain or enforce a judgment against the issuers of such obligations.

 

Other investment risks include the possible imposition of foreign withholding taxes on certain amounts of the Fund’s income, the possible seizure or nationalization of foreign assets and the possible establishment of exchange controls, expropriation, confiscatory taxation, other foreign governmental laws or restrictions which might affect adversely payments due on securities held by the Fund, the lack of extensive operating experience of eligible foreign subcustodians and legal limitations on the ability of the Fund to recover assets held in custody by a foreign subcustodian in the event of the subcustodian’s bankruptcy.

 

There generally is less governmental supervision and regulation of exchanges, brokers and issuers in foreign countries than there is in the United States. For example, there may be no comparable provisions under certain foreign laws to insider trading and similar investor protection securities laws that apply with respect to securities transactions consummated in the United States. Further, brokerage commissions and other transaction costs on foreign securities exchanges generally are higher than in the United States.

 

In some countries, banks or other financial institutions may constitute a substantial number of the leading companies or companies with the most actively traded securities. The 1940 Act limits the Fund’s ability to invest in any equity security of an issuer which, in its most recent fiscal year, derived more than 15% of its revenues from “securities related activities,” as defined by the rules thereunder. These provisions may also restrict the Fund’s investments in certain foreign banks and other financial institutions.

 

Foreign markets have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain markets there have been times when settlements have failed to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions. Further, satisfactory custodial services for investment securities may not be available in some countries having smaller, emerging capital markets, which may result in the Fund incurring additional costs and delays in transporting such securities outside such countries. Delays in settlement or other problems

 

3


Table of Contents

could result in periods when assets of the Fund are uninvested and no return is earned thereon. The inability of the Fund to make intended security purchases due to settlement problems or the risk of intermediary counterparty failures could cause the Fund to forego attractive investment opportunities. The inability to dispose of a portfolio security due to settlement problems could result either in losses to the Fund due to subsequent declines in the value of such portfolio security or, if the Fund has entered into a contract to sell the security, could result in possible liability to the purchaser.

 

Rules adopted under the 1940 Act permit the Fund to maintain its foreign securities and cash in the custody of certain eligible non-U.S. banks and securities depositories. Certain banks in foreign countries may not be “eligible sub-custodians,” as defined in the 1940 Act, for the Fund, in which event the Fund may be precluded from purchasing securities in certain foreign countries in which it otherwise would invest or which may result in the Fund’s incurring additional costs and delays in providing transportation and custody services for such securities outside of such countries. The Fund may encounter difficulties in effecting on a timely basis portfolio transactions with respect to any securities of issuers held outside their countries. Other banks that are eligible foreign sub-custodians may be recently organized or otherwise lack extensive operating experience. In addition, in certain countries there may be legal restrictions or limitations on the ability of the Fund to recover assets held in custody by foreign sub-custodians in the event of the bankruptcy of the sub-custodian.

 

Certain of the risks associated with international investments and investing in smaller capital markets are heightened for investments in emerging market countries. For example, some of the currencies of emerging market countries have experienced devaluation relative to the U.S. dollar, and major adjustments have been made periodically in certain of such currencies. Certain of such countries face serious exchange constraints. In addition, governments of many emerging market countries have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. For example, Argentina has been struggling to reform its economy and restructure its government debt obligations. This restructuring along with a weak economy have negative implications for Argentina’s stock market. In certain cases, the government owns or controls many companies. Accordingly, government actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in developing countries which could affect private sector companies and consequently, the value of certain securities held in the Fund’s portfolio.

 

Investment in certain emerging market securities is restricted or controlled to varying degrees which may at times limit or preclude investment in certain emerging market securities and increase the costs and expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons, limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer, limit the investment by foreign persons only to a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than other classes, restrict investment opportunities in issuers in industries deemed important to national interests and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors.

 

The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain emerging market countries, as well as limitations on such investments, also may have an adverse impact on the operations of the Fund. For example, the Fund may be required in some countries to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares purchased re-registered in the name of the Fund. Re-registration may in some instances not occur on a timely basis, resulting in a delay during which the Fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor.

 

Certain emerging market countries may require governmental approval for the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors which could adversely affect the Fund. In addition, if a deterioration occurs in the country’s balance of payments, it could impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Investing in local markets in emerging market countries may require the Fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to the Fund.

 

4


Table of Contents

With respect to investments in certain emerging market countries, different legal standards may have an adverse impact on the Fund. For example, while the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation is generally limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain emerging market countries. Similarly, the rights of investors in emerging market companies may be more limited than those of shareholders of U.S. corporations.

 

Certain markets are in only the earliest stages of development. There is also a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries. Many of such markets also may be affected by developments with respect to more established markets in the region. Brokers in emerging market countries typically are fewer in number and less capitalized than brokers in the United States. These factors, combined with the U.S. regulatory requirements for investment companies and the restrictions on foreign investment, result in potentially fewer investment opportunities for the Fund and may have an adverse impact on the investment performance of the Fund.

 

Obligations of Supranational Entities

 

Supranational entities include international organizations designated or supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and international banking institutions and related government agencies. Examples include the World Bank, the European Investment Bank, the European Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. Such supranational issued instruments may be denominated in multi-national currency units. Obligations of the World Bank and certain other supranational organizations are supported by subscribed but unpaid commitments of member countries. There is no assurance that these commitments will be undertaken or complied with in the future.

 

Foreign Currency Transactions

 

The Fund also may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options (see “—Derivatives” below), and may engage in foreign currency transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the rate prevailing in the currency exchange market at the time or through forward foreign currency exchange contracts (“forwards”) with terms generally of less than one year. The Fund may engage in these transactions in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities. The Fund may also use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. Suitable currency hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and the Investment Manager may decide not to use hedging transactions that are available.

 

A forward involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect the Fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Open positions in forwards used for non-hedging purposes will be covered by the segregation with the Fund’s custodian of assets determined to be liquid by the Investment Manager in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Directors, and are marked to market daily. Although forwards are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currencies increase. Forwards will be used primarily to adjust the foreign exchange exposure of the Fund with a view to protecting the outlook, and the Fund might be expected to enter into such contracts under the following circumstances:

 

Lock In.    When the Fund desires to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.

 

5


Table of Contents

Cross Hedge.    If a particular currency is expected to decrease against another currency, the Fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency that is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of the Fund’s portfolio holdings denominated in the currency sold.

 

Direct Hedge.    If the Fund wants to eliminate substantially all of the risk of owning a particular currency, and/or if the Investment Manager believes that the Fund can benefit from price appreciation in a given country’s debt obligations but does not want to hold the currency, it may employ a direct hedge back into the U.S. dollar. In either case, the Fund would enter into a forward contract to sell the currency in which a portfolio security is denominated and purchase U.S. dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated a contract. The cost of the direct hedge transaction may offset most, if not all, of the yield advantage offered by the foreign security, but the Fund would hope to benefit from an increase (if any) in the value of the debt obligation.

 

Proxy Hedge.    The Investment Manager might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, the Fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. Interest rates prevailing in the country whose currency was sold would be expected to be close to those in the United States and lower than those of securities denominated in the currency of the original holding. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.

 

Costs of Hedging.    When the Fund purchases a foreign bond with a higher interest rate than is available on U.S. bonds of a similar maturity, the additional yield on the foreign bond could be substantially reduced or lost if the Fund were to enter into a direct hedge by selling the foreign currency and purchasing the U.S. dollar. This is what is known as the “cost” of hedging. Proxy hedging attempts to reduce this cost through an indirect hedge back to the U.S. dollar.

 

It is important to note that hedging costs are treated as capital transactions and are not, therefore, deducted from the Fund’s dividend distribution and are not reflected in its yield.

 

Tax Consequences of Hedging.    Under applicable tax law, the Fund’s hedging activities may result in the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). Those provisions could cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash with which to satisfy distribution requirements, could result in an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by the Fund and could affect whether dividends paid by the Fund are classified as capital gains, qualified dividend income or ordinary income.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange-Related Securities

 

Foreign Currency Warrants.    Foreign currency warrants, such as Currency Exchange WarrantsSM (“CEWsSM”), are warrants that entitle their holders to receive from their issuer an amount of cash (generally, for warrants issued in the United States, in U.S. dollars) that is calculated pursuant to a predetermined formula and based on the exchange rate between a specified foreign currency and the U.S. dollar as of the exercise date of the warrant. Foreign currency warrants generally are exercisable upon their issuance and expire as of a specific date and time. Foreign currency warrants have been issued in connection with U.S. dollar-denominated debt offerings by major corporate issuers in an attempt to reduce the foreign currency exchange risk that, from the point of view of the prospective purchasers of the securities, is inherent in the international debt obligation marketplace. Foreign currency warrants may attempt to reduce the foreign exchange risk assumed by purchasers of a security by, for example, providing for a supplement payment in the event that the U.S. dollar depreciates against the value of a major foreign currency such as the Japanese Yen or the Euro. The formula used to determine the amount payable upon exercise of a foreign currency warrant may make the warrant worthless unless the applicable foreign currency exchange rate moves in a particular direction (e.g., unless the U.S. dollar appreciates

 

6


Table of Contents

or depreciates against the particular foreign currency to which the warrant is linked or indexed). Foreign currency warrants are severable from the debt obligations with which they may be offered, and may be listed on exchanges. Foreign currency warrants may be exercisable only in certain minimum amounts, and an investor wishing to exercise warrants who possesses less than the minimum number required for exercise may be required either to sell the warrants or to purchase additional warrants, thereby incurring additional transaction costs. In the case of any exercise of warrants, there may be a time delay between the time a holder of warrants gives instructions to exercise and the time the exchange rate relating to exercise is determined, during which time the exchange rate could change significantly, thereby affecting both the market and cash settlement values of the warrants being exercised. The expiration date of the warrants may be accelerated if the warrants should be delisted from an exchange or if their trading should be suspended permanently, which would result in the loss of any remaining “time values” of the warrants (i.e., the difference between the current market value and the exercise value of the warrants), and, if the warrants were “out-of-the-money,” in a total loss of the purchase price of the warrants. Warrants are generally unsecured obligations of their issuers and are not standardized foreign currency options issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”). Unlike foreign currency options issued by the OCC, the terms of foreign exchange warrants generally will not be amended in the event of government or regulatory actions affecting exchange rates or in the event of the imposition of other regulatory controls affecting the international currency markets. The initial public offering price of foreign currency warrants is generally considerably in excess of the price that a commercial user of foreign currencies might pay in the interbank market for a comparable option involving significantly larger amounts of foreign currencies. Foreign currency warrants are subject to significant foreign exchange risk, including risks arising from complex political or economic factors.

 

Principal Exchange Rate Linked Securities.    Principal exchange rate linked securities (“PERLsSM”) are debt obligations the principal on which is payable at maturity in an amount that may vary based on the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and a particular foreign currency at or about that time. The return on “standard” principal exchange rate linked securities is enhanced if the foreign currency to which the security is linked appreciates against the U.S. dollar, and is adversely affected by increases in the foreign exchange value of the U.S. dollar; “reverse” principal exchange rate linked securities are like “standard” securities, except that their return is enhanced by increases in the value of the U.S. dollar and adversely impacted by increases in the value of foreign currency. Interest payments on the securities are generally made in U.S. dollars at rates that reflect the degree of foreign currency risk assumed or given up by the purchaser of the notes (i.e., at relatively higher interest rates if the purchaser has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, or relatively lower interest rates if the issuer has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, based on the expectations of the current market). Principal exchange rate linked securities may in limited cases be subject to acceleration of maturity (generally, not without the consent of the holders of the securities), which may have an adverse impact on the value of the principal payment to be made at maturity.

 

Performance Indexed Paper.    Performance indexed paper (“PIPsSM”) is U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper the yield of which is linked to certain foreign exchange rate movements. The yield to the investor on performance indexed paper is established at maturity as a function of spot exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a designated currency as of or about that time (generally, the index maturity two days prior to maturity). The yield to the investor will be within a range stipulated at the time of purchase of the obligation, generally with a guaranteed minimum rate of return that is below, and a potential maximum rate of return that is above, market yields on U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper, with both the minimum and maximum rates of return on the investment corresponding to the minimum and maximum values of the spot exchange rate two business days prior to maturity.

 

Debt Obligations

 

The Fund may invest in debt obligations. Debt obligations include bonds, debentures and notes and commercial paper and loans, other instruments issued by banks, corporations, local and state and national governments, both U.S. and foreign, and supranational entities. Debt obligations are typically fixed-income

 

7


Table of Contents

obligations, but may have a variable or adjustable rate of interest. Changes in market yields will affect the Fund’s net asset value as prices of fixed-income securities generally increase when interest rates decline and decrease when interest rates rise. Prices of longer term securities generally increase or decrease more sharply than those of shorter term securities in response to interest rate changes, particularly if such securities were purchased at a discount. It should be noted that the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities. Except to the extent that values are affected independently by other factors such as developments relating to a specific issuer, when interest rates decline, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed-income portfolio can generally be expected to decline.

 

While debt securities carrying the fourth highest quality rating (“Baa” by Moody’s or “BBB” by S&P) are considered investment grade and are viewed to have adequate capacity for payment of principal and interest, investments in such securities involve a higher degree of risk than that associated with investments in debt securities in the higher rating categories and such debt securities lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well. For example, changes in economic conditions or other circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to make principal and interest payments than is the case with higher grade debt securities. Debt securities rated lower than investment grade are called high yield securities. See “High Yield Securities” below.

 

In addition, many fixed-income securities contain call or buy-back features that permit their issuers to call or repurchase the securities from their holders. Such securities may present risks based on payment expectations. Although the Fund would typically receive a premium if an issuer were to redeem a security, if an issuer exercises such a “call option” and redeems the security during a time of declining interest rates, the Fund may realize a capital loss on its investment if the security was purchased at a premium and the Fund may have to replace the called security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased rate of return to the Fund. Conversely, during periods of rising interest rates, redemption or prepayment rates may slow, leading to an extension in the expected maturity of the obligation, leading to greater price volatility.

 

High Yield Securities

 

The Fund may invest a portion of the Fund’s Managed Assets high yield securities, commonly known as “junk bonds.”

 

Under rating agency guidelines, medium- and lower-rated securities and comparable unrated securities will likely have some quality and protective characteristics that are outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions. Medium- and lower-rated securities may have poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing, may have a current identifiable vulnerability to default or be in default, may be unlikely to have the capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due in the event of adverse business, financial or economic conditions, and/or may be likely to be in default or not current in the payment of interest or principal. Such securities are considered speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the obligations. Accordingly, it is possible that these types of factors could reduce the value of securities held by the Fund with a commensurate effect on the value of the Fund’s shares.

 

Changes by recognized rating services in their ratings of any fixed-income security and in the ability of an issuer to make payments of interest and principal may also affect the value of these investments. A description of the ratings used by Moody’s and S&P is set forth in Appendix A. The ratings of Moody’s and S&P generally represent the opinions of those organizations as to the quality of the securities that they rate. Such ratings, however, are relative and subjective, are not absolute standards of quality, are subject to change and do not evaluate the market risk or liquidity of the securities. Ratings of a non-U.S. debt instrument, to the extent that those ratings are undertaken, are related to evaluations of the country in which the issuer of the instrument is

 

8


Table of Contents

located. Ratings generally take into account the currency in which a non-U.S. debt instrument is denominated. Instruments issued by a foreign government in other than the local currency, for example, typically have a lower rating than local currency instruments due to the existence of an additional risk that the government will be unable to obtain the required foreign currency to service its foreign currency-denominated debt. In general, the ratings of debt securities or obligations issued by a non-U.S. public or private entity will not be higher than the rating of the currency or the foreign currency debt of the central government of the country in which the issuer is located, regardless of the intrinsic creditworthiness of the issuer.

 

The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and participants in the market are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher-rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. These factors may have an adverse effect on the ability of the Fund to dispose of particular portfolio investments, may adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value per share and may limit the ability of the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for purposes of valuing securities and calculating net asset value. If the Fund is not able to obtain precise or accurate market quotations for a particular security, it will become more difficult to value the Fund’s portfolio securities, and a greater degree of judgment may be necessary in making such valuations. Less liquid secondary markets may also affect the ability of the Fund to sell securities at their fair value. If the secondary markets for high yield securities contract due to adverse economic conditions or for other reasons, certain liquid securities in the Fund’s portfolio may become illiquid and the proportion of the Fund’s assets invested in illiquid securities may significantly increase.

 

Prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These laws could adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value of outstanding high yield securities. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in recent years.

 

High Yield Corporate Securities.    While the market values of securities rated below investment grade and comparable unrated securities tend to react less to fluctuations in interest rate levels than do those of higher-rated securities, the values of certain of these securities also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic conditions than higher-rated securities. In addition, such securities present a higher degree of credit risk. Issuers of these securities are often highly leveraged and may not have more traditional methods of financing available to them, so that their ability to service their debt obligations during an economic downturn or during sustained periods of rising interest rates may be impaired. The risk of loss due to default by such issuers is significantly greater than with investment grade securities because such securities generally are unsecured and subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. The Fund also may incur additional expenses to the extent that it is required to seek recovery upon a default in the payment of principal or interest on its portfolio holdings.

 

The development of a market for high yield non-U.S. corporate securities has been a relatively recent phenomenon. On the other hand, the market for high yield U.S. corporate debt securities is more established than that for high yield non-U.S. corporate debt securities, but has undergone significant changes in the past and may undergo significant changes in the future.

 

High yield non-U.S. and U.S. corporate securities in which the Fund may invest include bonds, debentures, notes, commercial paper and preferred stock and will generally be unsecured. Most of the debt securities will bear interest at fixed rates. However, the Fund may also invest in corporate debt securities with variable rates of interest or which involve equity features, such as contingent interest or participations based on revenues, sales or

 

9


Table of Contents

profits (i.e., interest or other payments, often in addition to a fixed rate of return, that are based on the borrower’s attainment of specified levels of revenues, sales or profits and thus enable the holder of the security to share in the potential success of the venture).

 

High Yield Foreign Sovereign Debt Securities.    Investing in fixed and floating rate high yield foreign sovereign debt securities, especially in emerging market countries, creates exposure to the direct or indirect consequences of political, social or economic changes in the countries that issue the securities or in which the issuers are located. See “Foreign Securities” above. The ability and willingness of sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries or the governmental authorities that control repayment of their external debt to pay principal and interest on such debt when due may depend on general economic and political conditions within the relevant country. Certain countries in which the Fund may invest, especially emerging market countries, have historically experienced, and may continue to experience, high rates of inflation, high interest rates, exchange rate trade difficulties and extreme poverty and unemployment. Many of these countries are also characterized by political uncertainty or instability. Additional factors which may influence the ability or willingness to service debt include, but are not limited to, a country’s cash flow situation, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of its debt service burden to the economy as a whole, and its government’s policy towards the International Monetary Fund, the World Bank and other international agencies.

 

The ability of a foreign sovereign obligor, especially in emerging market countries, to make timely payments on its external debt obligations will also be strongly influenced by the obligor’s balance of payments, including export performance, its access to international credits and investments, fluctuations in interest rates and the extent of its foreign reserves. A country whose exports are concentrated in a few commodities or whose economy depends on certain strategic imports could be vulnerable to fluctuations in international prices of these commodities or imports. To the extent that a country receives payment for its exports in currencies other than U.S. dollars, its ability to make debt payments denominated in U.S. dollars could be adversely affected. If a foreign sovereign obligor cannot generate sufficient earnings from foreign trade to service its external debt, it may need to depend on continuing loans and aid from foreign governments, commercial banks and multilateral organizations, and inflows of foreign investment. The commitment on the part of these foreign governments, multilateral organizations and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on the government’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of its obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds, which may further impair the obligor’s ability or willingness to timely service its debts. The cost of servicing external debt will also generally be adversely affected by rising international interest rates, because many external debt obligations bear interest at rates which are adjusted based upon international interest rates. The ability to service external debt will also depend on the level of the relevant government’s international currency reserves and its access to foreign exchange. Currency devaluation may affect the ability of a sovereign obligor to obtain sufficient foreign exchange to service its external debt. The risks enumerated above are particularly heightened with regard to issuers in emerging market countries.

 

As a result of the foregoing, a governmental obligor, especially in an emerging market country, may default on its obligations. If such an event occurs, the Fund may have limited legal recourse against the issuer and/or guarantor. Remedies must, in some cases, be pursued in the courts of the defaulting party itself, and the ability of the holder of foreign sovereign debt securities to obtain recourse may be subject to the political climate in the relevant country. In addition, no assurance can be given that the holders of commercial bank debt will not contest payments to the holders of other foreign sovereign debt obligations in the event of default under their commercial bank loan agreements.

 

Sovereign obligors in developing and emerging market countries are among the world’s largest debtors to commercial banks, other governments, international financial organizations and other financial institutions. These obligors have in the past experienced substantial difficulties in servicing their external debt obligations,

 

10


Table of Contents

which led to defaults on certain obligations and the restructuring of certain indebtedness. Restructuring arrangements have included, among other things, reducing and rescheduling interest and principal payments by negotiating new or amended credit agreements or converting outstanding principal and unpaid interest to Brady Bonds, and obtaining new credit to finance interest payments. Holders of certain foreign sovereign debt securities may be requested to participate in the restructuring of such obligations and to extend further loans to their issuers. There can be no assurance that the Brady Bonds and other foreign sovereign debt securities in which the Fund may invest will not be subject to similar restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit which may adversely affect the Fund’s holdings. Furthermore, certain participants in the secondary market for such debt may be directly involved in negotiating the terms of these arrangements and may therefore have access to information not available to other market participants.

 

Distressed Debt Securities.    As part of investing in high yield securities, the Fund may invest in distressed debt securities. Distressed debt securities are debt securities that are purchased in the secondary market and are the subject of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise in default as to the repayment of principal and/or interest at the time of acquisition by the Fund or are rated in the lower rating categories (Ca or lower by Moody’s and CC or lower by S&P) or which, if unrated, are in the judgment of the Investment Manager of equivalent quality. Investment in distressed debt securities is speculative and involves significant risk. The risks associated with high yield securities are heightened by investing in distressed debt securities.

 

The Fund will generally make such investments only when the Investment Manager believes it is reasonably likely that the issuer of the distressed debt securities will make an exchange offer or will be the subject of a plan of reorganization pursuant to which the Fund will receive new securities (e.g., equity securities). However, there can be no assurance that such an exchange offer will be made or that such a plan of reorganization will be adopted. In addition, a significant period of time may pass between the time at which the Fund makes its investment in distressed debt securities and the time that any such exchange offer or plan of reorganization is completed. During this period, it is unlikely that the Fund will receive any interest payments on the distressed debt securities, the Fund will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether or not the exchange offer or plan will be completed and the Fund may be required to bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect or recover its investment. Even if an exchange offer is made or plan or reorganization is adopted with respect to the distressed debt securities held by the Fund, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by the Fund in connection with such exchange offer or plan or reorganization will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated when the investment was made. Moreover, any securities received by the Fund upon completion of an exchange offer or plan of reorganization may be restricted as to resale. As a result of the Fund’s participation in negotiations with respect to any exchange offer or plan of reorganization with respect to an issuer of distressed debt securities, the Fund may be restricted from disposing of such securities. The Fund will generally not invest more than 5% of its assets in securities that are already in default or subject to bankruptcy proceedings.

 

Senior Loans

 

A Senior Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a group of loan investors (“Loan Investors”). The Agent typically administers and enforces the senior loan on behalf of the other Loan Investors in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Loan Investors.

 

Senior loans primarily include senior floating rate loans to corporations and secondarily institutionally traded senior floating rate debt obligations issued by an asset-backed pool, and interests therein. Loan interests primarily take the form of assignments purchased in the primary or secondary market. Loan interests may also take the form of participation interests in a senior loan. Such loan interests may be acquired from U.S. or foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions who have made loans or are Loan Investors or from other investors in loan interests.

 

11


Table of Contents

The Fund may purchase “Assignments” from the Agent or other Loan Investors. The purchaser of an Assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the Loan Agreement (as defined herein) of the assigning Loan Investor and becomes a Loan Investor under the Loan Agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning Loan Investor. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an Assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Loan Investor.

 

The Fund also may invest in “Participations.” Participations by the Fund in a Loan Investor’s portion of a senior loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with such Loan Investor, not with the Borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Loan Investor selling the Participation and only upon receipt by such Loan Investor of such payments from the Borrower. In connection with purchasing Participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the Borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other Loan Investors through set-off against the Borrower and the Fund may not directly benefit from the collateral supporting the senior loan in which it has purchased the Participation. As a result, the Fund may assume the credit risk of both the Borrower and the Loan Investor selling the Participation. In the event of the insolvency of the Loan Investor selling a Participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of such Loan Investor. The selling Loan Investors and other persons interpositioned between such Loan Investors and the Fund with respect to such Participations will likely conduct their principal business activities in the banking, finance and financial services industries. Persons engaged in such industries may be more susceptible to, among other things, fluctuations in interest rates, changes in the Federal Open Market Committee’s monetary policy, governmental regulations concerning such industries and concerning capital raising activities generally and fluctuations in the financial markets generally.

 

The Fund will only acquire Participations if the Loan Investor selling the Participation, and any other persons interpositioned between the Fund and the Loan Investor, at the time of investment has outstanding debt or deposit obligations rated investment grade (BBB or A-3 or higher by S&P or Baa or P-3 or higher by Moody’s or comparably rated by another nationally recognized rating agency) or determined by the Investment Manager to be of comparable quality. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more pronounced. Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, the Fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.

 

In order to borrow money pursuant to a senior loan, a Borrower will frequently, for the term of the senior loan, pledge collateral, including but not limited to, (i) working capital assets, such as accounts receivable and inventory; (ii) tangible fixed assets, such as real property, buildings and equipment; (iii) intangible assets, such as trademarks and patent rights (but excluding goodwill); and (iv) security interests in shares of stock of subsidiaries or affiliates. In the case of senior loans made to non-public companies, the company’s shareholders or owners may provide collateral in the form of secured guarantees and/or security interests in assets that they own. In many instances, a senior loan may be secured only by stock in the Borrower or its subsidiaries. Collateral may consist of assets that may not be readily liquidated, and there is no assurance that the liquidation of such assets would satisfy fully a Borrower’s obligations under a senior loan.

 

In the process of buying, selling and holding senior loans, the Fund may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, amendment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When the Fund buys a senior loan it may receive a facility fee and when it sells a senior loan it may pay a facility fee. On an ongoing basis, the Fund may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the underlying line of credit portion of a senior loan. In certain circumstances, the Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon the prepayment of a senior loan by a Borrower. Other fees received by the Fund may include covenant waiver fees and covenant modification fees.

 

12


Table of Contents

A Borrower must comply with various restrictive covenants contained in a loan agreement or note purchase agreement between the Borrower and the holders of the senior loan (the “Loan Agreement”). Such covenants, in addition to requiring the scheduled payment of interest and principal, may include restrictions on dividend payments and other distributions to stockholders, provisions requiring the Borrower to maintain specific minimum financial ratios, and limits on total debt. In addition, the Loan Agreement may contain a covenant requiring the Borrower to prepay the Loan with any free cash flow. Free cash flow is generally defined as net cash flow after scheduled debt service payments and permitted capital expenditures, and includes the proceeds from asset dispositions or sales of securities. A breach of a covenant which is not waived by the Agent, or by the Loan Investors directly, as the case may be, is normally an event of acceleration; i.e., the Agent, or the Loan Investors directly, as the case may be, has the right to call the outstanding senior loan. The typical practice of an Agent or a Loan Investor in relying exclusively or primarily on reports from the Borrower to monitor the Borrower’s compliance with covenants may involve a risk of fraud by the Borrower. In the case of a senior loan in the form of a Participation, the agreement between the buyer and seller may limit the rights of the holder to vote on certain changes which may be made to the Loan Agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant. However, the holder of the Participation will, in almost all cases, have the right to vote on certain fundamental issues such as changes in principal amount, payment dates and interest rate.

 

In a typical senior loan the Agent administers the terms of the Loan Agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the Borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the Loan Agreement. The Fund will generally rely upon the Agent or an intermediate participant to receive and forward to the Fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the senior loan. Furthermore, unless under the terms of a Participation Agreement the Fund has direct recourse against the Borrower, the Fund will rely on the Agent and the other Loan Investors to use appropriate credit remedies against the Borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the Loan Agreement based upon reports prepared by the Borrower. The seller of the senior loan usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of senior loans of any failures of compliance. The Agent may monitor the value of the collateral and, if the value of the collateral declines, may accelerate the senior loan, may give the Borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in the senior loan. The Agent is compensated by the Borrower for providing these services under a Loan Agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the senior loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. With respect to senior loans for which the Agent does not perform such administrative and enforcement functions, the Fund will perform such tasks on its own behalf, although a collateral bank will typically hold any collateral on behalf of the Fund and the other Loan Investors pursuant to the applicable Loan Agreement.

 

A financial institution’s appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership, or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy proceedings. A successor Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the Loan Agreement should remain available to holders of senior loans. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a senior loan, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving intermediate participants similar risks may arise.

 

Senior loans will usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the senior loan from free cash flow, as defined above. The degree to which Borrowers prepay senior loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the Borrower and competitive conditions among Loan Investors, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Fund derives interest income will be reduced. However, the Fund may receive both a prepayment penalty fee from the prepaying Borrower and a facility fee upon the purchase of a new

 

13


Table of Contents

senior loan with the proceeds from the prepayment of the former. Prepayments generally will not materially affect the Fund’s performance because the Fund typically is able to reinvest prepayments in other senior loans that have similar yields and because receipt of such fees may mitigate any adverse impact on the Fund’s yield.

 

From time to time the Investment Manager and its affiliates may borrow money from various banks in connection with their business activities. Such banks may also sell interests in senior loans to or acquire them from the Fund or may be intermediate participants with respect to senior loans in which the Fund owns interests. Such banks may also act as Agents for senior loans held by the Fund.

 

The Fund may acquire interests in senior loans which are designed to provide temporary or “bridge” financing to a Borrower pending the sale of identified assets or the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. The Fund may also invest in senior loans of Borrowers that have obtained bridge loans from other parties. A Borrower’s use of bridge loans involves a risk that the Borrower may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the Borrower’s perceived creditworthiness.

 

The Fund will be subject to the risk that collateral securing a loan will decline in value or have no value. Such a decline, whether as a result of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the senior loan to be undercollateralized or unsecured. In most credit agreements there is no formal requirement to pledge additional collateral. In addition, the Fund may invest in senior loans guaranteed by, or secured by assets of, shareholders or owners, even if the senior loans are not otherwise collateralized by assets of the Borrower; provided, however, that such guarantees are fully secured. There may be temporary periods when the principal asset held by a Borrower is the stock of a related company, which may not legally be pledged to secure a senior loan. On occasions when such stock cannot be pledged, the senior loan will be temporarily unsecured until the stock can be pledged or is exchanged for or replaced by other assets, which will be pledged as security for the senior loan. However, the Borrower’s ability to dispose of such securities, other than in connection with such pledge or replacement, will be strictly limited for the protection of the holders of senior loans and, indirectly, senior loans themselves.

 

If a Borrower becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court may invalidate the Fund’s security interest in the loan collateral or subordinate the Fund’s rights under the senior loan to the interests of the Borrower’s unsecured creditors or cause interest previously paid to be refunded to the Borrower. If a court required interest to be refunded, it could negatively affect the Fund’s performance. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a “fraudulent conveyance” claim to the effect that the Borrower did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the loan collateral to the Fund. For senior loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of the Loan were not received or retained by the Borrower, but were instead paid to other persons (such as shareholders of the Borrower) in an amount which left the Borrower insolvent or without sufficient working capital. There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of the Fund’s security interest in loan collateral. If the Fund’s security interest in loan collateral is invalidated or the senior loan is subordinated to other debt of a Borrower in bankruptcy or other proceedings, the Fund would have substantially lower recovery, and perhaps no recovery on the full amount of the principal and interest due on the Loan.

 

The Fund may acquire warrants and other equity securities as part of a unit combining a senior loan and equity securities of a Borrower or its affiliates. The acquisition of such equity securities will only be incidental to the Fund’s purchase of a senior loan. The Fund may also acquire equity securities or debt securities (including non-dollar denominated debt securities) issued in exchange for a senior loan or issued in connection with the debt restructuring or reorganization of a Borrower, or if such acquisition, in the judgment of the Investment Manager, may enhance the value of a senior loan or would otherwise be consistent with the Fund’s investment policies.

 

14


Table of Contents

Brady Bonds

 

Brady Bonds are debt securities, generally denominated in U.S. dollars, issued under the framework of the Brady Plan. The Brady Plan is an initiative announced by former U.S. Treasury Secretary Nicholas E. Brady in 1989 as a mechanism for debtor nations to restructure their outstanding external commercial bank indebtedness. In restructuring its external debt under the Brady Plan framework, a debtor nation negotiates with its existing bank lenders as well as multilateral institutions such as the World Bank and the International Monetary Fund (the “IMF”). The Brady Plan framework, as it has developed, contemplates the exchange of external commercial bank debt for newly issued bonds known as “Brady Bonds.” Brady Bonds may also be issued in respect of new money being advanced by existing lenders in connection with the debt restructuring. The World Bank and/or the IMF support the restructuring by providing funds pursuant to loan agreements or other arrangements which enable the debtor nation to collateralize the new Brady Bonds or to repurchase outstanding bank debt at a discount. Under these arrangements with the World Bank and/or the IMF, debtor nations have been required to agree to the implementation of certain domestic monetary and fiscal reforms. Such reforms have included the liberalization of trade and foreign investment, the privatization of state-owned enterprises and the setting of targets for public spending and borrowing. These policies and programs seek to promote the debtor country’s economic growth and development. Investors should also recognize that the Brady Plan only sets forth general guiding principles for economic reform and debt reduction, emphasizing that solutions must be negotiated on a case-by-case basis between debtor nations and their creditors.

 

Agreements implemented under the Brady Plan to date are designed to achieve debt and debt-service reduction through specific options negotiated by a debtor nation with its creditors. As a result, the financial packages offered by each country differ. The types of options have included the exchange of outstanding commercial bank debt for bonds issued at 100% of face value of such debt which carry a below-market stated rate of interest (generally known as par bonds), bonds issued at a discount from the face value of such debt (generally known as discount bonds), bonds bearing an interest rate which increases over time and bonds issued in exchange for the advancement of new money by existing lenders. Discount bonds issued to date under the framework of the Brady Plan have generally borne interest computed semiannually at a rate equal to  13/16 of 1% above the then current six month London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) rate. Regardless of the stated face amount and stated interest rate of the various types of Brady Bonds, the Fund will purchase Brady Bonds in secondary markets, as described below, in which the price and yield to the investor reflect market conditions at the time of purchase. Brady Bonds issued to date have traded at a deep discount from their face value. Certain sovereign bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Certain Brady Bonds have been collateralized as to principal due at maturity (typically 30 years from the date of issuance) by U.S. Treasury zero coupon bonds with a maturity equal to the final maturity of such Brady Bonds, although the collateral is not available to investors until the final maturity of the Brady Bonds. Collateral purchases are financed by the IMF, the World Bank and the debtor nations’ reserves. In addition, interest payments on certain types of Brady Bonds may be collateralized by cash or high-grade securities in amounts that typically represent between 12 and 18 months of interest accruals on these instruments with the balance of the interest accruals being uncollateralized. The Fund may purchase Brady Bonds with no or limited collateralization, and will be relying for payment of interest and (except in the case of principal collateralized Brady Bonds) principal primarily on the willingness and ability of the foreign government to make payment in accordance with the terms of the Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds issued to date are purchased and sold in secondary markets through U.S. securities dealers and other financial institutions and are generally maintained through European transnational securities depositories. A substantial portion of the Brady Bonds and other sovereign debt securities in which the Fund may invest are likely to be acquired at a discount.

 

U.S. Government Obligations

 

Securities issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and instrumentalities include obligations that are supported by: (a) the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury (e.g., direct pass-through certificates of the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Maes”)); (b) the limited authority of the issuer or guarantor

 

15


Table of Contents

to borrow from the U.S. Treasury (e.g., obligations of Federal Home Loan Banks); or (c) only the credit of the issuer or guarantor (e.g., obligations of the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Macs”)). In the case of obligations not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Treasury, the agency issuing or guaranteeing the obligation is principally responsible for ultimate repayment.

 

Agencies and instrumentalities that issue or guarantee debt securities and that have been established or sponsored by the U.S. government include, in addition to those identified above, the Bank for Cooperatives, the Export-Import Bank, the Federal Farm Credit System, the Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, the Federal Land Banks, the Federal National Mortgage Association and the Student Loan Marketing Association.

 

Bank Obligations

 

Banks are subject to extensive governmental regulations which may limit both the amounts and types of loans and other financial commitments which may be made and interest rates and fees which may be charged. The profitability of this industry is largely dependent upon the availability and cost of capital funds for the purpose of financing lending operations under prevailing money market conditions. Also, general economic conditions play an important part in the operations of this industry and exposure to credit losses arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers might affect a bank’s ability to meet its obligations.

 

Bank obligations that may be purchased by the Fund include certificates of deposit, banker’s acceptances and fixed time deposits. A certificate of deposit is a short-term negotiable certificate issued by a commercial bank against funds deposited in the bank and is either interest-bearing or purchased on a discount basis. A bankers’ acceptance is a short-term draft drawn on a commercial bank by a borrower, usually in connection with an international commercial transaction. The borrower is liable for payment as is the bank, which unconditionally guarantees to pay the draft at its face amount on the maturity date. Fixed time deposits are obligations of branches of U.S. banks or foreign banks which are payable at a stated maturity date and bear a fixed rate of interest. Although fixed time deposits do not have a market, there are no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in the deposit to a third party. Bank obligations may be general obligations of the parent bank or may be limited to the issuing branch by the terms of the specific obligations or by government regulation.

 

Investors should also be aware that securities issued or guaranteed by foreign banks, foreign branches of U.S. banks, and foreign government and private issuers may involve investment risks in addition to those relating to domestic obligations. The Fund will not purchase bank obligations which the Investment Manager believes, at the time of purchase, will be subject to exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes; however, there can be no assurance that such laws may not become applicable to certain of the Fund’s investments. In the event unforeseen exchange controls or foreign withholding taxes are imposed with respect to the Fund’s investments, the effect may be to reduce the income received by the Fund on such investments.

 

Asset-Backed Securities

 

Asset-backed securities are generally issued as pass through certificates, which represent undivided fractional ownership interests in the underlying pool of assets, or as debt instruments, which are generally issued as the debt of a special purpose entity organized solely for the purpose of owning such assets and issuing such debt. The pool of assets generally represents the obligations of a number of different parties. Asset-backed securities frequently carry credit protection in the form of extra collateral, subordinated certificates, cash reserve accounts, letters of credit or other enhancements. For example, payments of principal and interest may be guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit or other enhancement issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the entities issuing the securities. Assets which, to date, have been used to back asset-backed securities include motor vehicle installment sales contracts or installment loans secured by motor vehicles, and receivables from revolving credit (credit card) agreements.

 

16


Table of Contents

Asset-backed securities present certain risks which are, generally, related to limited interests, if any, in related collateral. Credit card receivables are generally unsecured and the debtors are entitled to the protection of a number of state and federal consumer credit laws, many of which give such debtors the right to set off certain amounts owed on the credit cards, thereby reducing the balance due. Most issuers of automobile receivables permit the servicers to retain possession of the underlying obligations. If the servicer were to sell these obligations to another party, there is a risk that the purchaser would acquire an interest superior to that of the holders of the related automobile receivables. In addition, because of the large number of vehicles involved in a typical issuance and technical requirements under state laws, the trustee for the holders of the automobile receivables may not have a proper security interest in all of the obligations backing such receivables. Therefore, there is the possibility that recoveries on repossessed collateral may not, in some cases, be available to support payments on these securities. Other types of asset-backed securities will be subject to the risks associated with the underlying assets. If a letter of credit or other form of credit enhancement is exhausted or otherwise unavailable, holders of asset-backed securities may also experience delays in payments or losses if the full amounts due on underlying assets are not realized.

 

Mortgage-Backed Securities

 

The following describes certain characteristics of mortgage-backed securities. It should be noted that new types of mortgage-backed securities are developed and marketed from time to time and that, consistent with its investment limitations, the Fund may invest in those new types of mortgage-backed securities that the Investment Manager believes may assist it in achieving the Fund’s investment objectives.

 

Background.    Mortgage-backed securities were introduced in the 1970s when the first pool of mortgage loans was converted into a mortgage pass-through security. Since the 1970s, the mortgage-backed securities market has vastly expanded and a variety of structures have been developed to meet investor needs.

 

Yield Characteristics.    Interest and principal payments on mortgage-backed securities are typically made monthly, and principal may be prepaid at any time because the underlying mortgage loans or other assets generally may be prepaid at any time. As a result, if the Fund purchases such a security at a premium, a prepayment rate that is faster than expected will reduce yield to maturity, while a prepayment rate that is slower than expected will have the opposite effect of increasing yield to maturity. Conversely, if the Fund purchases these securities at a discount, faster than expected prepayments will increase, while slower than expected prepayments will reduce, yield to maturity.

 

Prepayments on a pool of mortgage loans are influenced by a variety of economic, geographic, social and other factors, including changes in mortgagors’ housing needs, job transfers, unemployment, mortgagors’ net equity in the mortgaged properties and servicing decisions. Generally, however, prepayments on fixed rate mortgage loans will increase during a period of falling interest rates. Accordingly, amounts available for reinvestment by the Fund are likely to be greater during a period of relatively low interest rates and, as a result, are likely to be reinvested at lower interest rates than during a period of relatively high interest rates. This prepayment effect has been particularly pronounced during recent years as borrowers have refinanced higher interest rate mortgages into lower interest rate mortgages available in the marketplace. Mortgage-backed securities may decrease in value as a result of increases in interest rates and may benefit less than other fixed income securities from declining interest rates because of the risk of prepayment.

 

Guaranteed Mortgage Pass-Through Securities.    Mortgage pass-through securities representing participation interests in pools of residential mortgage loans originated by U.S. governmental or private lenders and guaranteed, to the extent provided in such securities, by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or instrumentalities. Any guarantee of such securities runs only to principal and interest payments on the securities and not to the market value of such securities or the principal and interest payments on the underlying mortgages. In addition, the guarantee only runs to the portfolio securities held by the Fund and not to the purchase of shares of the Fund. Such securities, which are ownership interests in the underlying mortgage loans, differ from

 

17


Table of Contents

conventional debt securities, which provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts (usually semi-annually) and principal payments at maturity or on specified call dates. Mortgage pass-through securities provide for monthly payments that are a “pass-through” of the monthly interest and principal payments (including any prepayments) made by the individual borrowers on the pooled mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the guarantor of such securities and the servicer of the underlying mortgage loans. Guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities are often sold on a to-be-acquired or “TBA” basis. Such securities are typically sold one to three months in advance of issuance, prior to the identification of the underlying pools of mortgage securities but with the interest payment provisions fixed in advance. The underlying pools of mortgage securities are identified shortly before settlement and must meet certain parameters.

 

The guaranteed mortgage pass-through securities in which the Fund may invest may include those issued or guaranteed by Ginnie Mae (“Ginnie Mae Certificates”), the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae Certificates”) and Freddie Mac (“Freddie Mac Certificates”).

 

Ginnie Mae Certificates.    Ginnie Mae is a wholly-owned corporate instrumentality of the United States within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. The full faith and credit of the U.S. government is pledged to the payment of amounts that may be required to be paid under any guarantee, but not as to the market value of such securities. The Ginnie Mae Certificates will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of the following types of mortgage loans: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iv) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by manufactured (mobile) homes; (v) mortgage loans on multifamily residential properties under construction; (vi) mortgage loans on completed multifamily projects; (vii) fixed rate mortgage loans as to which escrowed funds are used to reduce the borrower’s monthly payments during the early years of the mortgage loans (“buydown” mortgage loans); (viii) mortgage loans that provide for adjustments in payments based on periodic changes in interest rates or in other payment terms of the mortgage loans; and (ix) mortgage-backed serial notes. All of these mortgage loans will be Federal Housing Administration Loans (“FHA Loans”) or Veterans’ Administration Loans (“VA Loans”) and, except as otherwise specified above, will be fully amortizing loans secured by first liens on one- to four-family housing units.

 

Fannie Mae Certificates.    Fannie Mae is a federally chartered and privately owned corporation organized and existing under the Federal National Mortgage Association Charter Act. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will entitle the registered holder thereof to receive amounts representing such holder’s pro rata interest in scheduled principal payments and interest payments (at such Fannie Mae Certificate’s pass-through rate, which is net of any servicing and guarantee fees on the underlying mortgage loans), and any principal prepayments on the mortgage loans in the pool represented by such Fannie Mae Certificate and such holder’s proportionate interest in the full principal amount of any foreclosed or otherwise finally liquidated mortgage loan. The full and timely payment of principal of and interest on each Fannie Mae Certificate, but not the market value thereof, will be guaranteed by Fannie Mae, which guarantee is not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government. Each Fannie Mae Certificate will represent a pro rata interest in one or more pools of FHA Loans, VA Loans or conventional mortgage loans (i.e., mortgage loans that are not insured or guaranteed by any governmental agency) of the following types: (i) fixed rate level payment mortgage loans; (ii) fixed rate growing equity mortgage loans; (iii) fixed rate graduated payment mortgage loans; (iv) variable rate California mortgage loans; (v) other adjustable rate mortgage loans; and (vi) fixed rate mortgage loans secured by multifamily projects.

 

Freddie Mac Certificates.    Freddie Mac is a corporate instrumentality of the United States created pursuant to the Emergency Home Finance Act of 1970, as amended (the “FHLMC Act”). Freddie Mac guarantees to each registered holder of a Freddie Mac Certificate ultimate collection of all principal of the related mortgage loans, without any offset or deduction, but does not, generally, guarantee the timely payment of scheduled principal or the market value of the securities. Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of collection of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage loan, but not later than 30 days following: (i) foreclosure sale; (ii) payment of a claim by any mortgage insurer; or (iii) the expiration of any right of redemption, whichever occurs later, but in any event no later than one year after demand has been made upon

 

18


Table of Contents

the mortgagor for accelerated payment of principal. The obligations of Freddie Mac under its guarantee are obligations solely of Freddie Mac and are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government.

 

Freddie Mac Certificates represent a pro rata interest in a group of mortgage loans (a “Freddie Mac Certificate group”) purchased by Freddie Mac. The mortgage loans underlying the Freddie Mac Certificates will consist of fixed rate or adjustable rate mortgage loans with original terms to maturity of between ten and thirty years, substantially all of which are secured by first liens on one- to four-family residential properties or multifamily projects. Each mortgage loan must meet the applicable standards set forth in the FHLMC Act. A Freddie Mac Certificate group may include whole loans, participation interests in whole loans and undivided interests in whole loans and participations comprising another Freddie Mac Certificate group.

 

Privately-Issued Mortgage Securities

 

Mortgage-backed securities issued by private issuers may entail greater risk than mortgage-backed securities that are guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Privately-issued mortgage securities are issued by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including mortgage bankers, commercial banks, investment banks, savings and loan associations and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Since privately-issued mortgage certificates are not guaranteed by an entity having the credit status of Ginnie Mae or Freddie Mac, such securities generally are structured with one or more types of credit enhancement. Such credit support falls into two categories: (i) liquidity protection and (ii) protection against losses resulting from ultimate default by an obligor on the underlying assets. Liquidity protection refers to the provision of advances, generally by the entity administering the pool of assets, to ensure that the pass-through of payments due on the underlying pool occurs in a timely fashion. Protection against losses resulting from ultimate default enhances the likelihood of ultimate payment of the obligations on at least a portion of the assets in the pool. Such protection may be provided through guarantees, insurance policies or letters of credit obtained by the issuer or sponsor from third parties, through various means of structuring the transaction or through a combination of such approaches.

 

The ratings of mortgage securities for which third-party credit enhancement provides liquidity protection or protection against losses from default are generally dependent upon the continued creditworthiness of the provider of the credit enhancement. The ratings of such securities could be subject to reduction in the event of deterioration in the creditworthiness of the credit enhancement provider even in cases where the delinquency and loss experience on the underlying pool of assets is better than expected. There can be no assurance that the private issuers or credit enhancers of mortgage-backed securities can meet their obligations under the relevant policies or other forms of credit enhancement.

 

Examples of credit support arising out of the structure of the transaction include “senior-subordinated securities” (multiple class securities with one or more classes subordinate to other classes as to the payment of principal thereof and interest thereon, with the result that defaults on the underlying assets are borne first by the holders of the subordinated class), creation of “reserve funds” (where cash or investments sometimes funded from a portion of the payments on the underlying assets are held in reserve against future losses) and “over-collateralization” (where the scheduled payments on, or the principal amount of, the underlying assets exceed those required to make payment of the securities and pay any servicing or other fees). The degree of credit support provided for each issue is generally based on historical information with respect to the level of credit risk associated with the underlying assets. Delinquency or loss in excess of that which is anticipated could adversely affect the return on an investment in such security.

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations and MultiClass Pass-Through Securities

 

Collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”) are debt obligations collateralized by mortgage loans or mortgage pass-through securities. Typically, CMOs are collateralized by Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac Certificates, but also may be collateralized by whole loans or private pass-throughs (such collateral

 

19


Table of Contents

collectively hereinafter referred to as “Mortgage Assets”). Multiclass pass-through securities are interests in a trust composed of Mortgage Assets. Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references herein to CMOs include multiclass pass-through securities. Payments of principal and of interest on the Mortgage Assets, and any reinvestment income thereon, provide the funds to pay debt service on the CMOs or make scheduled distributions on the multiclass pass-through securities. CMOs may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing.

 

In a CMO, a series of bonds or certificates is issued in multiple classes. Each class of CMOs, often referred to as a “tranche,” is issued at a specified fixed or floating coupon rate and has a stated maturity or final distribution date. Principal prepayments on the Mortgage Assets may cause the CMOs to be retired substantially earlier than their stated maturities or final distribution dates. Interest is paid or accrues on all classes of the CMOs on a monthly, quarterly or semi-annual basis. The principal of and interest on the Mortgage Assets may be allocated among the several classes of a series of a CMO in innumerable ways. In one structure, payments of principal, including any principal prepayments, on the Mortgage Assets are applied to the classes of a CMO in the order of their respective stated maturities or final distribution dates, so that no payment of principal will be made on any class of CMOs until all other classes having an earlier stated maturity or final distribution date have been paid in full. The Fund has no present intention to invest in CMO residuals. As market conditions change, and particularly during periods of rapid or unanticipated changes in market interest rates, the attractiveness of the CMO classes and the ability of the structure to provide the anticipated investment characteristics may be significantly reduced. Such changes can result in volatility in the market value, and in some instances reduced liquidity, of the CMO class.

 

Parallel pay CMOs are structured to provide payments of principal on each payment date to more than one class. These simultaneous payments are taken into account in calculating the stated maturity date or final distribution date of each class, which, as with other CMO structures, must be retired by its stated maturity date or a final distribution date but may be retired earlier. Planned amortization class bonds (“PAC Bonds”) are a type of CMO tranche or series designed to provide relatively predictable payments of principal provided that, among other things, the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans falls within a predefined range. If the actual prepayment experience on the underlying mortgage loans is at a rate faster or slower than the predefined range or if deviations from other assumptions occur, principal payments on the PAC Bond may be earlier or later than predicted. The magnitude of the predefined range varies from one PAC Bond to another; a narrower range increases the risk that prepayments on the PAC Bond will be greater or smaller than predicted. Because of these features, PAC Bonds generally are less subject to the risks of prepayment than are other types of mortgage-backed securities.

 

Stripped Mortgage Securities

 

Stripped mortgage securities may be issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. government, or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose subsidiaries of the foregoing. Stripped mortgage securities have greater volatility than other types of mortgage securities. Although stripped mortgage securities are purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers, the market for such securities has not yet been fully developed. Accordingly, stripped mortgage securities are generally illiquid.

 

Stripped mortgage securities are structured with two or more classes of securities that receive different proportions of the interest and principal distributions on a pool of mortgage assets. A common type of stripped mortgage security will have at least one class receiving only a small portion of the interest and a larger portion of the principal from the mortgage assets, while the other class will receive primarily interest and only a small portion of the principal. In the most extreme case, one class will receive all of the interest (“IO” or interest-only), while the other class will receive all of the principal (“PO” or principal-only class). The yield to maturity on IOs,

 

20


Table of Contents

POs and other mortgage-backed securities that are purchased at a substantial premium or discount generally are extremely sensitive not only to changes in prevailing interest rates but also to the rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related underlying mortgage assets, and a rapid rate of principal payments may have a material adverse effect on such securities’ yield to maturity. If the underlying mortgage assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may fail to fully recoup its initial investment in these securities even if the securities have received the highest rating by a nationally recognized statistical rating organizations.

 

In addition to the stripped mortgage securities described above, the Fund may invest in similar securities such as Super POs, Levered IOs and IOettes which are more volatile than POs and IOs. Risks associated with instruments such as Super POs are similar in nature to those risks related to investments in POs. Risks connected with Levered IOs and IOettes are similar in nature to those associated with IOs. The Fund may also invest in other similar instruments developed in the future that are deemed consistent with its investment objective, policies and restrictions. POs may generate taxable income from the current accrual of original issue discount, without a corresponding distribution of cash to the Fund.

 

Adjustable Rate Mortgage Securities

 

Unlike fixed rate mortgage securities, adjustable rate mortgage securities are collateralized by or represent interests in mortgage loans with variable rates of interest. These variable rates of interest reset periodically to align themselves with market rates. The Fund will not benefit from increases in interest rates to the extent that interest rates rise to the point where they cause the current coupon of the underlying adjustable rate mortgages to exceed any maximum allowable annual or lifetime reset limits (or “cap rates”) for a particular mortgage. In this event, the value of the mortgage securities in the Fund would likely decrease. Also, the Fund’s net asset value could vary to the extent that current yields on adjustable rate mortgage securities are different than market yields during interim periods between coupon reset dates or if the timing of changes to the index upon which the rate for the underlying mortgages is based lags behind changes in market rates. During periods of declining interest rates, income to the Fund derived from adjustable rate mortgages which remain in a mortgage pool will decrease in contrast to the income on fixed rate mortgages, which will remain constant. Adjustable rate mortgages also have less potential for appreciation in value as interest rates decline than do fixed rate investments.

 

Mortgage Dollar Roll Transactions.    Although the Fund has no current intention to do so, the Fund may also use mortgage dollar roll transactions as part of its investment strategy. Under a mortgage dollar roll transaction, the Fund sells securities for delivery in the current month, or sells securities it has purchased on a “TBA” basis, and simultaneously contracts to repurchase substantially similar (same type and coupon) securities on a specified future date. During the roll period, the Fund forgoes principal and interest paid on the purchased securities. The Fund is compensated by the difference between the current sales price and the lower forward price for the future purchase (often referred to as the “drop”) as well as by the interest earned on the cash proceeds of the initial sale. Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, the Fund is required to maintain an asset coverage (including the proceeds of the borrowings) of at least 300% of all borrowings. At the time the Fund enters into a mortgage dollar roll, it may establish a segregated account with its custodian bank in which it will maintain cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid high grade debt obligations equal in value to its obligations in respect of mortgage dollar rolls, in which case it is not considered a borrowing for purposes of complying with the foregoing asset coverage requirement or the 33% limitation described above. Alternatively, the Fund will not establish a segregated account when the Investment Manager believes it is not in the best interests of the Fund to do so. In this case, such mortgage dollar rolls will be considered borrowings subject to the asset coverage requirement and 33% limitation described above. Mortgage dollar rolls are speculative techniques involving leverage, and are considered borrowings by the Fund if the Fund does not establish and maintain a segregated account (as described above). In addition, mortgage dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities the Fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a mortgage dollar roll files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or

 

21


Table of Contents

receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities. Successful use of mortgage dollar rolls may depend upon the Investment Manager’s ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed.

 

Inverse Floating Rate Obligations

 

The Fund may invest in inverse floating rate obligations, or “inverse floaters.” Inverse floaters have coupon rates that vary inversely at a multiple of a designated floating rate (which typically is determined by reference to an index rate, but may also be determined through a dutch auction or a remarketing agent) (the “reference rate”). Inverse floaters may constitute a class of CMOs with a coupon rate that moves inversely to a designated index, such as LIBOR or COFI (Cost of Funds Index). Any rise in the reference rate of an inverse floater (as a consequence of an increase in interest rates) causes a drop in the coupon rate while any drop in the reference rate of an inverse floater causes an increase in the coupon rate. In addition, like most other fixed income securities, the value of inverse floaters will generally decrease as interest rates increase.

 

Inverse floaters exhibit substantially greater price volatility than fixed rate obligations having similar credit quality, redemption provisions and maturity, and inverse floater CMOs exhibit greater price volatility than the majority of mortgage pass-through securities or CMOs. In addition, some inverse floater CMOs exhibit extreme sensitivity to changes in prepayments. As a result, the yield to maturity of an inverse floater CMO is sensitive not only to changes in interest rates but also to changes in prepayment rates on the related underlying mortgage assets.

 

Small Cap Companies

 

Investments in companies with market capitalizations below the top 1,000 stocks of the equity market (“Small Cap Companies”) may involve greater risks and volatility than investments in larger companies. Small Cap Companies may be at an earlier stage of development, may be subject to greater business risks, may have limited product lines, limited financial resources and less depth in management than more established companies. In addition, Small Cap Companies may have difficulty withstanding competition from larger more established companies in their industries. The securities of Small Cap Companies may be thinly traded (and therefore have to be sold at a discount from current market prices or sold in small lots over an extended period of time), may be followed by fewer investment research analysts and may be subject to wider price swings and thus may create a greater chance of loss than investing in securities of larger capitalization companies. In addition, transaction costs in smaller capitalization stocks may be higher than those of larger capitalization companies.

 

Common Stocks

 

Common stocks generally represent an ownership interest in an issuer, without preference over any other class of securities, including such issuer’s debt securities, preferred stock and other senior equity securities. Dividend payments generally are not guaranteed and so may be discontinued by the issuer at its discretion or because of the issuer’s inability to satisfy its liabilities. Further, an issuer’s history of paying dividends does not guarantee that it will continue to pay dividends in the future. In addition to dividends, under certain circumstances the Fund may benefit from capital appreciation of an issuer. The Fund intends that the common stocks in which it will invest will primarily be value stocks. Value stocks are common shares of companies that sell at low valuation levels relative to their earnings, revenues, assets, cash flows, or other definable measures. Such companies may have experienced adverse business or industry developments or may be subject to special risks that have caused the common shares to be out of favor and, in the Investment Manager’s opinion, undervalued. Although common stocks historically have generated higher average returns than fixed income securities, common stocks also have experienced significantly more volatility in those returns. An adverse event, such as an unfavorable earnings report, may depress the value of a particular common stock held by the Fund. Also, prices of common stocks are sensitive to general movements in the stock market and a drop in the stock market may depress the prices of common stocks held by the Fund or to which it has exposure.

 

22


Table of Contents

Preferred Stock

 

Preferred stock is a class of stock having a preference over common stock as to dividends or upon liquidation. Although preferred stock may be considered a form of fixed income securities, a preferred stockholder is a shareholder in the company and not a creditor of the company, as is a holder of the company’s debt obligations. Dividends paid to preferred stockholders are distributions of the earnings or other surplus of the company and not interest payments, which are expenses of the company.

 

As described below, the Fund may invest in preferred stocks that pay fixed or adjustable rates of return. The value of a company’s preferred stock may fall as a result of factors relating directly to that company’s products or services. A preferred stock’s value may also fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. The value of preferred stock may also be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. In addition, a company’s preferred stock generally pays dividends only after the company makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of the preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Preferred stocks of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies.

 

Fixed Rate and Sinking Fund Preferred Stocks.    Some fixed rate preferred stocks in which the Fund may invest, known as perpetual preferred stocks, offer a fixed return with no maturity date. Because they never mature, perpetual preferred stocks act like long-term bonds and can be more volatile than other types of preferred stocks that have a maturity date and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. The Fund may also invest in sinking fund preferred stocks. These preferred stocks also offer a fixed return, but have a maturity date and are retired or redeemed on a predetermined schedule. The shorter duration of sinking fund preferred stocks makes them perform somewhat like intermediate-term bonds and they typically have lower yields than perpetual preferred stocks.

 

Adjustable Rate and Auction Preferred Stocks.    Typically, the dividend rate on an adjustable rate preferred stock is determined prospectively each quarter by applying an adjustment formula established at the time of issuance of the stock. Although adjustment formulas vary among issues, they typically involve a fixed premium or discount relative to rates on specified debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. Typically, an adjustment formula will provide for a fixed premium or discount adjustment relative to the highest base yield of three specified U.S. Treasury securities: the 90-day Treasury bill, the 10-year Treasury note and the 20-year Treasury bond. The premium or discount adjustment to be added to or subtracted from this highest U.S. Treasury base rate yield is fixed at the time of issue and cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of the stock. The dividend rate on other preferred stocks in which the Fund may invest, commonly known as auction preferred stocks, is adjusted at intervals that may be more frequent than quarterly, such as every 49 days, based on bids submitted by holders and prospective purchasers of such stocks and may be subject to stated maximum and minimum dividend rates. The issues of most adjustable rate and auction preferred stocks currently outstanding are perpetual, but are redeemable after a specified date at the option of the issuer. Certain issues supported by the credit of a high-rated financial institution provide for mandatory redemption prior to expiration of the credit arrangement. No redemption can occur if full cumulative dividends are not paid. Although the dividend rates on adjustable and auction preferred stocks are generally adjusted or reset frequently, the market values of these preferred stocks may still fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates. Market values of adjustable preferred stocks also may substantially fluctuate if interest rates increase or decrease once the maximum or minimum dividend rate for a particular stock is approached.

 

Warrants or Rights

 

Warrants or rights are securities which permit, but do not obligate, their holders to subscribe for other securities. Warrants or rights are subject to the same market risks as stocks, but may be more volatile in price. Warrants or rights do not carry the right to dividends or voting rights with respect to their underlying securities,

 

23


Table of Contents

and they do not represent any rights in assets of the issuer. An investment in warrants or rights may be considered speculative. In addition, the value of a warrant or a right does not necessarily change with the value of the underlying securities and a warrant ceases to have value if it is not exercised prior to its expiration date.

 

Convertible Securities and Synthetic Convertible Securities

 

Convertible securities are typically preferred stock or bonds that are convertible into common stock at a specified price or conversion ratio. Because they have the characteristics of both fixed-income securities and common stock, convertible securities are sometimes called “hybrid” securities. Convertible bonds, debentures and notes are debt obligations offering a stated interest rate; convertible preferred stocks are senior securities of a company offering a stated dividend rate. Convertible securities will at times be priced in the market like other fixed income securities — that is, their prices will tend to rise when interest rates decline and will tend to fall when interest rates rise. However, because a convertible security provides an option to the holder to exchange the security for either a specified number of the issuer’s common shares at a stated price per share or the cash value of such common shares, the security market price will tend to fluctuate in relationship to the price of the common shares into which it is convertible. Thus, convertible securities will ordinarily provide opportunities for producing both current income and longer-term capital appreciation. Because convertible securities are usually viewed by the issuer as future common stock, they are generally subordinated to other senior securities and therefore are rated one category lower than the issuer’s non-convertible debt obligations or preferred stock.

 

The Fund may also invest in synthetic convertible securities, which differ from convertible securities in certain respects. Unlike a true convertible security, which is a single security having a unitary market value, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the “market value” of a synthetic convertible security is the sum of the values of its debt component and its convertibility component. Synthetic convertible securities can be variable or fixed rate instruments. For these reasons, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations.

 

American Depositary Receipts.

 

The Fund may invest in American Depositary Receipts (“ADR”). ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts issued generally by domestic banks and representing the deposit with the bank of a security of a foreign issuer. ADRs are publicly traded on exchanges or over the counter in the U.S.

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements for cash management purposes. A repurchase agreement is a transaction in which the seller of a security commits itself at the time of the sale to repurchase that security from the Fund, as the buyer, at a mutually agreed upon time and price.

 

The Fund will enter into repurchase agreements only with dealers, domestic banks or recognized financial institutions which, in the opinion of the Investment Manager, are deemed creditworthy. The Investment Manager will monitor the value of the securities underlying the repurchase agreement at the time the transaction is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement to ensure that the value of the securities always equals or exceeds the repurchase price. The Fund requires that additional securities be deposited if the value of the securities purchased decreases below their resale price and does not bear the risk of a decline in the value of the underlying security unless the seller defaults under the repurchase obligation. In the event of default by the seller under the repurchase agreement, the Fund could experience losses and experience delays in connection with the disposition of the underlying security. To the extent that, in the meantime, the value of the securities that the Fund has purchased has decreased, the Fund could experience a loss. Repurchase agreements with maturities of more than seven days will be treated as illiquid securities by the Fund.

 

24


Table of Contents

Loans of Portfolio Securities

 

The Fund may lend portfolio securities to brokers or dealers or other financial institutions. The procedure for the lending of securities will include the following features and conditions. The borrower of the securities will deposit cash or liquid securities with the Fund in an amount equal to a minimum of 100% of the market value of the securities lent. The Fund will invest the cash collateral in short-term debt securities or cash equivalents and earn the interest thereon. A negotiated portion of the income so earned may be paid to the borrower and/or the broker who arranged the loan. If the Fund receives securities as collateral, the Fund will receive a fee from the Borrower. If the value of the collateral drops below the required minimum at any time, the borrower may be called upon to post additional collateral. If the additional collateral is not paid, the loan will be immediately due and the Fund may use the collateral or its own cash to replace the securities by purchase in the open market charging any loss to the borrower. These will be “demand” loans and may be terminated by the Fund at any time. The Fund will receive any dividends and interest paid on the securities lent and the loans will be structured to assure that the Fund will be able to exercise its voting rights on the securities.

 

Rule 144A Securities

 

The Fund may purchase Rule 144A securities for which there is a secondary market of qualified institutional buyers, as defined in Rule 144A promulgated under the 1933 Act. Rule 144A provides an exemption from the registration requirements of the 1933 Act for the resale of certain restricted securities to qualified institutional buyers.

 

Rule 144A securities may be considered liquid securities if so determined by the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether securities that are eligible for resales under Rule 144A are liquid or illiquid. Pursuant to those policies and procedures, the Investment Manager may make the determination as to whether a particular security is liquid or illiquid with consideration to be given to, among other things, the frequency of trades and quotes for the security, the number of dealers willing to sell the security and the number of potential purchasers, dealer undertakings to make a market in the security, the nature of the security and the time needed to dispose of the security.

 

To the extent that liquid Rule 144A securities that the Fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient qualified institutional buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase. The Investment Manager will monitor Fund investments in Rule 144A securities and will consider appropriate measures to enable the Fund to meet any investment limitations and to maintain sufficient liquidity for operating purposes and to meet redemption requests.

 

Firm Commitment and When-Issued Securities

 

The Fund may purchase securities on a firm commitment basis, including when-issued securities. Securities purchased on a firm commitment basis are purchased for delivery beyond the normal settlement date at a stated price and yield. No income accrues to the purchaser of a security on a firm commitment basis prior to delivery. Such securities are recorded as an asset and are subject to changes in value based upon changes in the general level of interest rates. Purchasing a security on a firm commitment basis can involve a risk that the market price at the time of delivery may be lower than the agreed upon purchase price, in which case there could be an unrealized loss at the time of delivery. The Fund will only make commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis with the intention of actually acquiring the securities, but may sell them before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable. The Fund will establish a segregated account in which it will maintain liquid assets in an amount at least equal in value to the Fund’s commitments to purchase securities on a firm commitment basis. If the value of these assets declines, the Fund will place additional liquid assets in the account on a daily basis so that the value of the assets in the account is equal to the amount of such commitments.

 

25


Table of Contents

Zero Coupon Securities, PIK Bonds and Deferred Payment Securities

 

The Fund may invest in zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities. Zero coupon securities are debt securities that pay no cash income but are sold at substantial discounts from their value at maturity. When a zero coupon security is held to maturity, its entire return, which consists of the amortization of discount, comes from the difference between its purchase price and its maturity value. This difference is known at the time of purchase, so that investors holding zero coupon securities until maturity know at the time of their investment what the expected return on their investment will be. The Fund also may purchase PIK bonds. PIK bonds pay all or a portion of their interest in the form of debt or equity securities. The Fund also may purchase deferred payment securities, which are generally sold at substantial discounts from their maturity value and provide for the commencement of regular interest payments at a deferred date.

 

Custodial receipts evidencing specific coupon or principal payments have the same general attributes as zero coupon U.S. government securities but are not considered to be U.S. government securities. Although under the terms of a custodial receipt a fund is typically authorized to assert its rights directly against the issuer of the underlying obligation, the fund may be required to assert through the custodian bank such rights as may exist against the underlying issuer. Thus, in the event the underlying issuer fails to pay principal and/or interest when due, the fund may be subject to delays, expenses and risks that are greater than those that would have been involved if the fund had purchased a direct obligation of the issuer. In addition, in the event that the trust or custodial account in which the underlying security has been deposited is determined to be an association taxable as a corporation, instead of a non-taxable entity, the yield on the underlying security would be reduced in respect of any taxes paid.

 

Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities tend to be subject to greater price fluctuations in response to changes in interest rates than are ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. The value of zero coupon securities appreciates more during periods of declining interest rates and depreciates more during periods of rising interest rates than ordinary interest-paying debt securities with similar maturities. Zero coupon securities, PIK bonds and deferred payment securities may be issued by a wide variety of corporate and governmental issuers.

 

Current federal income tax law requires the holder of a zero coupon security, certain PIK bonds, deferred payment securities and certain other securities acquired at a discount (such as Brady Bonds) to accrue income with respect to these securities prior to the receipt of cash payments. Accordingly, to avoid liability for federal income and excise taxes, the Fund may be required to distribute income accrued with respect to these securities and may have to dispose of portfolio securities under disadvantageous circumstances in order to generate cash to satisfy these distribution requirements.

 

Loan Participation and Assignments

 

The Fund may invest in loan participations and assignments. The Fund considers these investments to be investments in debt securities for purposes of this SAI. Loan participations typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with the Lender that sold the Participation, not with the borrower. The Fund will have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by the lender of the payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing loan participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the Loan agreement relating to the loan, nor any rights of set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not benefit directly from any collateral supporting the loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund will assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the Lender that is selling the participation. In the event of the insolvency of the Lender selling a Participation, the Fund may be treated as a general creditor of the Lender and may not benefit from any set-off between the Lender and the borrower. The Fund will acquire loan participations only if the lender interpositioned between the Fund and the borrower is determined by the Investment Manager to be creditworthy. When the Fund purchases Assignments

 

26


Table of Contents

from Lenders, the Fund will acquire direct rights against the borrower on the Loan, except that under certain circumstances such rights may be more limited than those held by the assigning Lender.

 

The Fund may have difficulty disposing of assignments and loan participations. In certain cases, the market for such instruments is not highly liquid, and therefore the Fund anticipates that in such cases such instruments could be sold only to a limited number of institutional investors. The lack of a highly liquid secondary market may have an adverse impact on the value of such instruments and will have an adverse impact on the Fund’s ability to dispose of particular assignments or loan participations in response to a specific economic event, such as deterioration in the creditworthiness of the borrower.

 

The Fund has adopted policies and procedures for the purpose of determining whether holdings are liquid or illiquid. The determination as to whether a particular loan participation or assignment is liquid or illiquid, depends upon the frequency of quotes, the number of dealers willing to sell and the number of potential purchasers, the nature of the loan participation or assignment, the time needed to dispose of it and the contractual provisions of the relevant documentation. To the extent that liquid assignments and loan participation that the Fund holds become illiquid, due to the lack of sufficient buyers or market or other conditions, the percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in illiquid assets would increase.

 

In valuing a loan participation or assignment held by the Fund for which a secondary trading market exists, the Fund will rely upon prices or quotations provided by banks, dealers or pricing services. To the extent a secondary trading market does not exist, the Fund’s loan participations and assignments will be valued in accordance with procedures adopted by the Fund’s Board, taking into consideration, among other factors: (i) the creditworthiness of the borrower under the Loan and of the lender; (ii) the current interest rate, the period until next rate reset and the maturity of the Loan; (iii) recent prices in the market for similar loans; and (iv) recent prices in the market for instruments of similar quality, rate, period until next interest rate reset and maturity.

 

Restricted Securities and Securities with Limited Trading Markets

 

The Fund may purchase securities for which there is a limited trading market or which are subject to restrictions on resale to the public. If the Fund were to assume substantial positions in securities with limited trading markets, the activities of the Fund could have an adverse effect upon the liquidity and marketability of such securities and the Fund might not be able to dispose of its holdings in those securities at then current market prices. Circumstances could also exist (to satisfy redemptions, for example) when portfolio securities might have to be sold by the Fund at times which otherwise might be considered to be disadvantageous so that the Fund might receive lower proceeds from such sales than it had expected to realize. Investments in securities which are “restricted” may involve added expenses to the Fund should the Fund be required to bear registration costs with respect to such securities. The Fund could also be delayed in disposing of such securities which might have an adverse effect upon the price and timing of sales and the liquidity of the Fund. Restricted securities and securities for which there is a limited trading market may be significantly more difficult to value due to the unavailability of reliable market quotations for such securities, and investment in such securities may have an adverse impact on net asset value. As more fully described herein, the Fund may purchase Rule 144A securities for which there may be a secondary market of qualified institutional buyers as contemplated by Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. To the extent that the number of qualified institutional buyers is reduced, a previously liquid Rule 144A security may be determined to be illiquid, thus increasing the percentage of illiquid assets in the Fund’s portfolio. The Investment Manager is responsible for monitoring the liquidity of Rule 144A securities and the selection of such securities.

 

Borrowing

 

The Fund may borrow in certain limited circumstances. Certain borrowing may create an opportunity for increased return, but, at the same time, creates special risks. For example, borrowing may exaggerate changes in the net asset value of the Fund’s shares and in the return on the fund’s portfolio. The Fund may be required to

 

27


Table of Contents

liquidate portfolio securities at a time when it would be disadvantageous to do so in order to make payments with respect to any borrowings. If the Fund were to engage in borrowing, an increase in interest rates could reduce the value of the fund’s shares by increasing the fund’s interest expense. This interest expense may be greater than the fund’s return on the underlying investment.

 

Derivatives

 

The Fund may use various investment strategies described below to hedge market risks (such as broad or specific market movements, interest rates and currency exchange rates), to manage the effective maturity or duration of debt instruments held by the Fund, or to seek to increase the Fund’s income or gain.

 

The Fund may purchase and sell interest rate, currency or stock or bond index futures contracts and enter into currency transactions; purchase and sell (or write) exchange listed and over-the-counter (“OTC”) put and call options on securities, currencies, futures contracts, indices and other financial instruments; enter into interest rate transactions, equity swaps and related transactions; and invest in indexed securities and other similar transactions, which may be developed to the extent that the Investment Manager determines that they are consistent with the applicable Fund’s investment objective and policies and applicable regulatory requirements (collectively, these transactions are referred to as “Derivatives”). The Fund’s interest rate transactions may take the form of swaps, caps, floors and collars, and the Fund’s currency transactions may take the form of currency forward contracts, currency futures contracts and options thereon, currency swaps and options on currencies.

 

The Fund is not a “commodity pool” (i.e., a pooled investment vehicle which trades in commodity futures contracts and options thereon and the operator of which is registered with the CFTC), and Derivatives involving futures contracts and options on futures contracts will be purchased, sold or entered into only for bona fide hedging purposes, provided that the Fund may enter into such transactions for purposes other than bona fide hedging if, immediately thereafter,

 

(i)  its pro rata share of the sum of the amount of initial margin deposits on futures contracts entered into by the Fund and premiums paid for unexpired options with respect to such contracts so that it does not exceed 5% of the liquidation value of the Fund’s assets, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on such contracts and options (in the case of an option that is in-the-money at the time of purchase, the in-the-money amount may be excluded in calculating the 5% limitation); or

 

(ii)  the aggregate “notional value” (i.e., the size of the contract, in contract units, times the current market price (futures position) or strike price (options position) of each such unit) or the contract, so that it does not exceed the liquidation value of the Fund, after taking into account unrealized profits and unrealized losses on such contracts and options.

 

The Fund will engage in transactions in futures contracts and related options only to the extent such transactions are consistent with the requirements of the Code for maintaining its qualification as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes.

 

Derivatives involve special risks, including possible default by the other party to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the Investment Manager’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of Derivatives could result in significantly greater losses than if it had not been used. The degree of the Fund’s use of Derivatives may be limited by certain provisions of the Code.

 

Currency Transactions.    The Fund may engage in currency transactions with counterparties to hedge the value of portfolio securities denominated in particular currencies against fluctuations in relative value or to generate income or gain. Currency transactions include currency forward contracts, exchange-listed currency futures contracts and options thereon, exchange-listed and OTC options on currencies, and currency swaps. A currency forward contract involves a privately negotiated obligation to purchase or sell (with delivery generally required) a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the

 

28


Table of Contents

contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A currency swap is an agreement to exchange cash flows based on the notional difference among two or more currencies and operates similarly to an interest rate swap. The Fund may enter into currency transactions only with counterparties that the Investment Manager deems to be creditworthy.

 

The Fund may enter into currency forward contracts when the Investment Manager believes that the currency of a particular country may suffer a substantial decline against the U.S. dollar. In those circumstances, the Fund may enter into a currency forward contract to sell, for a fixed amount of U.S. dollars, the amount of that currency approximating the value of some or all of the Fund’s portfolio securities denominated in such currency. Currency forward contracts may limit potential gain from a positive change in the relationship between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies.

 

Transaction hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to specific assets or liabilities of the Fund, which will generally arise in connection with the purchase or sale of the Fund’s portfolio securities or the receipt of income from them. Position hedging is entering into a currency transaction with respect to portfolio securities positions denominated or generally quoted in that currency. The Fund will not enter into a transaction to hedge currency exposure to an extent greater, after netting all transactions intended wholly or partially to offset other transactions, than the aggregate market value (at the time of entering into the transaction) of the securities held by the Fund that are denominated or generally quoted in or currently convertible into the currency, other than with respect to proxy hedging as described below.

 

The Fund may cross-hedge currencies by entering into transactions to purchase or sell one or more currencies that are expected to increase or decline in value relative to other currencies to which the Fund has or in which the Fund expects to have exposure. To reduce the effect of currency fluctuations on the value of existing or anticipated holdings of its securities, the Fund may also engage in proxy hedging. Proxy hedging is often used when the currency to which the Fund’s holdings is exposed is difficult to hedge generally or difficult to hedge against the dollar. Proxy hedging entails entering into a forward contract to sell a currency, the changes in the value of which are generally considered to be linked to a currency or currencies in which some or all of the Fund’s securities are or are expected to be denominated, and to buy dollars. The amount of the contract entered into for hedging purposes would not exceed the market value of the Fund’s securities denominated in linked currencies.

 

Currency transactions are subject to risks different from other portfolio transactions. If the Fund enters into a currency hedging transaction, the Fund will comply with the relevant asset segregation requirements.

 

Futures Contracts.    The Fund may trade futures contracts: (1) on domestic and foreign exchanges on currencies, interest rates and bond indices; and (2) on domestic and, to the extent permitted by the CFTC, foreign exchanges on single stocks and stock indices. Futures contracts are generally bought and sold on the commodities exchanges on which they are listed with payment of initial and variation margin as described below. The sale of a futures contract creates a firm obligation by the Fund, as seller, to deliver to the buyer the specific type of financial instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a specified price (or with respect to certain instruments, the net cash amount). The Fund is not a commodity pool, and the Fund, where permitted, will use futures contracts and options thereon solely: (i) for bona fide hedging purposes; and (ii) for other purposes in amounts permitted by the rules and regulations promulgated by the CFTC. The Fund’s use of financial futures contracts and options thereon will in all cases be consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and in particular the rules and regulations of the CFTC. Maintaining a futures contract or selling an option on a futures contract will typically require the Fund to deposit with a financial intermediary, as security for its obligations, an amount of cash or other specified assets (“initial margin”) that initially is from 1% to 10% of the face amount of the contract (but may be higher in some circumstances). Additional cash or assets (“variation margin”) may be required to be deposited thereafter daily as the mark-to-market value of the futures contract fluctuates. The Fund will not enter into a futures contract or option thereon other than for bona fide hedging purposes except in accordance with the rules of the CFTC described above. In addition, the value of all

 

29


Table of Contents

futures contracts sold by the Fund (adjusted for the historical volatility relationship between the Fund and the contracts) will not exceed the total market value of the Fund’s securities. In addition, the value of the Fund’s long futures and options positions (futures contracts on stock or bond indices, interest rates or foreign currencies and call options on such futures contracts) will not exceed the sum of: (a) liquid assets segregated for this purpose; (b) cash proceeds on existing investments due within thirty days; and (c) accrued profits on the particular futures or options positions.

 

Interest Rate Futures Contracts.    The Fund may enter into interest rate futures contracts in order to protect it from fluctuations in interest rates without necessarily buying or selling fixed income securities. An interest rate futures contract is an agreement to take or make delivery of either: (i) an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of a particular index of debt securities at the beginning and at the end of the contract period; or (ii) a specified amount of a particular debt security at a future date at a price set at time of the contract. For example, if the Fund owns bonds, and interest rates are expected to increase, the Fund might sell futures contracts on debt securities having characteristics similar to those held in the portfolio. Such a sale would have much the same effect as selling an equivalent value of the bonds owned by the Fund. If interest rates did increase, the value of the debt securities in the portfolio would decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Fund would increase at approximately the same rate, thereby keeping the net asset value of each class of the Fund from declining as much as it otherwise would have. The Fund could accomplish similar results by selling bonds with longer maturities and investing in bonds with shorter maturities when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the Fund to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.

 

Similarly when the Investment Manager expects that interest rates may decline, the Fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts in an attempt to hedge against having to make subsequently anticipated purchases of bonds at the higher prices subsequently expected to prevail. Since the fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures contracts should be similar to that of the bonds that will be purchased, the Fund could take advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the bonds without actually buying them until the market had stabilized. At that time, the Fund could make the intended purchase of the bonds in the cash market and the futures contracts could be liquidated.

 

At the time of delivery of securities pursuant to an interest rate futures contract, adjustments are made to recognize differences in value arising from the delivery of securities with a different interest rate from that specified in the contract. In some (but not many) cases, securities called for by a futures contract may have a shorter term than the term of the futures contract and, consequently, may not in fact have been issued when the futures contract was entered.

 

Options.    In order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to increase income or gain, the Fund may purchase put and call options or write “covered” put and call options on futures contracts on stock indices, interest rates and currencies. In addition, in order to hedge against adverse market shifts or to increase its income, the Fund may purchase put and call options and write “covered” put and call options on securities, indices, currencies and other financial instruments. The Fund may utilize options on currencies in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks. A call option is “covered” if, so long as the Fund is obligated as the writer of the option, it will: (i) own the underlying investment subject to the option; (ii) own securities convertible or exchangeable without the payment of any consideration into the securities subject to the option; (iii) own a call option on the relevant security or currency with an exercise price no higher than the exercise price on the call option written or (iv) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value equal to the excess of the value of the security or index that is the subject of the call over the exercise price. A put option is “covered” if, to support its obligation to purchase the underlying investment if a put option that the Fund writes is exercised, the Fund will either (a) deposit with its custodian in a segregated account liquid assets having a value at least equal to the exercise price of the underlying investment or (b) continue to own an equivalent number of puts of the same “series” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment having the same exercise prices and

 

30


Table of Contents

expiration dates as those written by the Fund), or an equivalent number of puts of the same “class” (that is, puts on the same underlying investment) with exercise prices greater than those that it has written (or, if the exercise prices of the puts it holds are less than the exercise prices of those it has written, it will deposit the difference with its custodian in a segregated account). Parties to options transactions must make certain payments and/or set aside certain amounts of assets in connection with each transaction, as described below.

 

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, by writing a call, the Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from an increase in the market value of the underlying investment above the exercise price of the option for as long as the Fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. By writing a put, the Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a decrease in the market value of the underlying investment below the exercise price of the option for as long as the Fund’s obligation as writer of the option continues. Upon the exercise of a put option written by the Fund, the Fund may suffer an economic loss equal to the difference between the price at which the Fund is required to purchase the underlying investment and its market value at the time of the option exercise, less the premium received for writing the option. Upon the exercise of a call option written by the Fund, the Fund may suffer an economic loss equal to an amount not less than the excess of the investment’s market value at the time of the option exercise over the Fund’s acquisition cost of the investment, less the sum of the premium received for writing the option and the positive difference, if any, between the call price paid to the Fund and the Fund’s acquisition cost of the investment.

 

In all cases except for certain options on interest rate futures contracts, in purchasing a put option, the Fund will seek to benefit from a decline in the market price of the underlying investment, while in purchasing a call option, the Fund will seek to benefit from an increase in the market price of the underlying investment. If an option purchased is not sold or exercised when it has remaining value, or if the market price of the underlying investment remains equal to or greater than the exercise price, in the case of a put, or remains equal to or below the exercise price, in the case of a call, during the life of the option, the Fund will lose its investment in the option. For the purchase of an option to be profitable, the market price of the underlying investment must decline sufficiently below the exercise price, in the case of a put, and must increase sufficiently above the exercise price, in the case of a call, to cover the premium and transaction costs.

 

In the case of certain options on interest rate futures contracts, the Fund may purchase a put option in anticipation of a rise in interest rates, and purchase a call option in anticipation of a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered call option on interest rate futures contracts, the Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a fall in interest rates. By writing a covered put option on interest rate futures contracts, the Fund will limit its opportunity to profit from a rise in interest rates.

 

The Fund may choose to exercise the options it holds, permit them to expire or terminate them prior to their expiration by entering into closing transactions. The Fund may enter into a closing purchase transaction in which the Fund purchases an option having the same terms as the option it had written or a closing sale transaction in which the Fund sells an option having the same terms as the option it had purchased. A covered option writer unable to effect a closing purchase transaction will not be able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or the underlying security is delivered upon exercise, with the result that the writer will be subject to the risk of market decline in the underlying security during such period. Should the Fund choose to exercise an option, the Fund will purchase in the open market the securities, commodities or commodity futures contracts underlying the exercised option.

 

Exchange-listed options on securities and currencies, with certain exceptions, generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future, cash settlement may become available. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call

 

31


Table of Contents

option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised.

 

Put options and call options typically have similar structural characteristics and operational mechanics regardless of the underlying instrument on which they are purchased or sold. Thus, the following general discussion relates to each of the particular types of options discussed in greater detail below. In addition, many Derivatives involving options require segregation of Fund assets in special accounts.

 

A put option gives the purchaser of the option, upon payment of a premium, the right to sell, and the writer of the obligation to buy, the underlying security, index, currency or other instrument at the exercise price. The Fund’s purchase of a put option on a security, for example, might be designed to protect its holdings in the underlying instrument (or, in some cases, a similar instrument) against a substantial decline in the market value of such instrument by giving the Fund the right to sell the instrument at the option exercise price. A call option, upon payment of a premium, gives the purchaser of the option the right to buy, and the seller the obligation to sell, the underlying instrument at the exercise price. The Fund’s purchase of a call option on a security, financial futures contract, index, currency or other instrument might be intended to protect the Fund against an increase in the price of the underlying instrument that it intends to purchase in the future by fixing the price at which it may purchase the instrument. An “American” style put or call option may be exercised at any time during the option period, whereas a “European” style put or call option may be exercised only upon expiration or during a fixed period prior to expiration. Exchange-listed options are issued by a regulated intermediary such as the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”), which guarantees the performance of the obligations of the parties to the options. The discussion below uses the OCC as an example, but is also applicable to other similar financial intermediaries.

 

OCC-issued and exchange-listed options, with certain exceptions, generally settle by physical delivery of the underlying security or currency, although in the future, cash settlement may become available. Index options are cash settled for the net amount, if any, by which the option is “in-the-money” (that is, the amount by which the value of the underlying instrument exceeds, in the case of a call option, or is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option) at the time the option is exercised. Frequently, rather than taking or making delivery of the underlying instrument through the process of exercising the option, listed options are closed by entering into offsetting purchase or sale transactions that do not result in ownership of the new option.

 

The Fund’s ability to close out its position as a purchaser or seller of an OCC-issued or exchange-listed put or call option is dependent, in part, upon the liquidity of the particular option market. Among the possible reasons for the absence of a liquid option market on an exchange are: (1) insufficient trading interest in certain options, (2) restrictions on transactions imposed by an exchange, (3) trading halts, suspensions or other restrictions imposed with respect to particular classes or series of options or underlying securities, including reaching daily price limits, (4) interruption of the normal operations of the OCC or an exchange, (5) inadequacy of the facilities of an exchange or the OCC to handle current trading volume or (6) a decision by one or more exchanges to discontinue the trading of options (or a particular class or series of options), in which event the relevant market for that option on that exchange would cease to exist, although any such outstanding options on that exchange would continue to be exercisable in accordance with their terms.

 

The hours of trading for listed options may not coincide with the hours during which the underlying financial instruments are traded. To the extent that the option markets close before the markets for the underlying financial instruments, significant price and rate movements can take place in the underlying markets that would not be reflected in the corresponding option markets.

 

OTC options are purchased from or sold to securities dealers, financial institutions or other parties (collectively referred to as “Counterparties” and individually referred to as a “Counterparty”) through a direct bilateral agreement with the Counterparty. In contrast to exchange-listed options, which generally have standardized terms and performance mechanics, all of the terms of an OTC option, including such terms as

 

32


Table of Contents

method of settlement, term, exercise price, premium, guaranties and security, are determined by negotiation of the parties. It is anticipated that any Fund authorized to use OTC options will generally only enter into OTC options that have cash settlement provisions, although it will not be required to do so.

 

Unless the parties provide for it, no central clearing or guaranty function is involved in an OTC option. As a result, if a Counterparty fails to make or take delivery of the security, currency or other instrument underlying an OTC option it has entered into with the Fund or fails to make a cash settlement payment due in accordance with the terms of that option, the Fund will lose any premium it paid for the option as well as any anticipated benefit of the transaction. Thus, the Investment Manager must assess the creditworthiness of each such Counterparty or any guarantor or credit enhancement of the counterparty’s credit to determine the likelihood that the terms of the OTC option will be met. The Fund will enter into OTC option transactions only with U.S. Government securities dealers recognized by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as “primary dealers,” or broker-dealers, domestic or foreign banks, or other financial institutions that the Investment Manager deems to be creditworthy. In the absence of a change in the current position of the staff of the SEC, OTC options purchased by the Fund and the amount of the Fund’s obligation pursuant to an OTC option sold by the Fund (the cost of the sell-back plus the in-the-money amount, if any) or the value of the assets held to cover such options will be deemed illiquid.

 

If the Fund sells a call option, the premium that it receives may serve as a partial hedge, to the extent of the option premium, against a decrease in the value of the underlying securities or instruments held by the Fund or will increase the Fund’s income. Similarly, the sale of put options can also provide gains for the Fund.

 

The Fund may purchase and sell call options on securities that are traded on U.S. and foreign securities exchanges and in the OTC markets, and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. All calls sold by the Fund must be “covered” (that is, the Fund must own the securities or futures contract subject to the call), or must otherwise meet the asset segregation requirements described below for so long as the call is outstanding. Even though the Fund will receive the option premium to help protect it against loss, a call sold by the Fund will expose the Fund during the term of the option to possible loss of opportunity to realize appreciation in the market price of the underlying security or instrument and may require the Fund to hold a security or instrument that it might otherwise have sold.

 

The Fund reserves the right to purchase or sell options on instruments and indices which may be developed in the future to the extent consistent with applicable law, the Fund’s investment objective and the restrictions set forth herein.

 

The Fund may purchase and sell put options on securities (whether or not it holds the securities in its portfolio) and on securities indices, currencies and futures contracts. In selling put options, the Fund faces the risk that it may be required to buy the underlying security at a disadvantageous price above the market price.

 

(A)  Options on Stocks and Stock Indices.    The Fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on stocks and stock indices listed on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against movements in the equity markets or to increase income or gain to the Fund. In addition, the Fund may purchase options on stocks that are traded over-the-counter. Options on stock indices are similar to options on specific securities. However, because options on stock indices do not involve the delivery of an underlying security, the option represents the holder’s right to obtain from the writer cash in an amount equal to a fixed multiple of the amount by which the exercise price exceeds (in the case of a put) or is less than (in the case of a call) the closing value of the underlying stock index on the exercise date. Currently, options traded include the Standard & Poor’s 100 Index of Composite Stocks, Standard & Poor’s 500 Index of Composite Stocks (the “S&P 500 Index”), the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) Composite Index, the American Stock Exchange (“AMEX”) Market Value Index, the National Over-the-Counter Index and other standard broadly based stock market indices. Options are also traded in certain industry or market segment indices such as the Oil Index, the Computer Technology Index and the Transportation Index. Stock index options are subject to position and exercise limits and other regulations imposed by the exchange on which they are traded.

 

33


Table of Contents

If the Investment Manager expects general stock market prices to rise, the Fund might purchase a call option on a stock index or a futures contract on that index as a hedge against an increase in prices of particular equity securities it wants ultimately to buy. If the stock index does rise, the price of the particular equity securities intended to be purchased may also increase, but that increase would be offset in part by the increase in the value of the Fund’s index option or futures contract resulting from the increase in the index. If, on the other hand, the Investment Manager expects general stock market prices to decline, it might purchase a put option or sell a futures contract on the index. If that index does decline, the value of some or all of the equity securities in the Fund’s portfolio may also be expected to decline, but that decrease would be offset in part by the increase in the value of the Fund’s position in such put option or futures contract.

 

(B)  Options on Currencies.    The Fund may invest in options on currencies traded on domestic and foreign securities exchanges in order to hedge against currency exchange rate risks or to increase income or gain.

 

(C)  Options on Futures Contracts.    The Fund may purchase put and call options and write covered put and call options on futures contracts on stock indices, interest rates and currencies traded on domestic and, to the extent permitted by the CFTC, foreign exchanges, in order to hedge all or a portion of its investments or to increase income or gain and may enter into closing transactions in order to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected. An option on a stock index futures contract, interest rate futures contract or currency futures contract, as contrasted with the direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying contract at a specified exercise price at any time on or before the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). While the price of the option is fixed at the point of sale, the value of the option does change daily and the change would be reflected in the net asset value of the Fund.

 

The purchase of an option on a financial futures contract involves payment of a premium for the option without any further obligation on the part of the Fund. If the Fund exercises an option on a futures contract it will be obligated to post initial margin (and potentially variation margin) for the resulting futures position just as it would for any futures position. Futures contracts and options thereon are generally settled by entering into an offsetting transaction, but no assurance can be given that a position can be offset prior to settlement or that delivery will occur.

 

Interest Rate and Equity Swaps and Related Transactions.    The Fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps and may purchase or sell (i.e., write) interest rate and equity caps, floors and collars. The Fund expects to enter into these transactions in order to hedge against either a decline in the value of the securities included in the Fund’s portfolio or against an increase in the price of the securities which it plans to purchase, in order to preserve or maintain a return or spread on a particular investment or portion of its portfolio or to achieve a particular return on cash balances, or in order to increase income or gain. Interest rate and equity swaps involve the exchange by the Fund with another party of their respective commitments to make or receive payments based on a notional principal amount. The purchase of an interest rate or equity cap entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index exceeds a predetermined level, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity cap. The purchase of an interest rate or equity floor entitles the purchaser, to the extent that a specified index falls below a predetermined rate, to receive payments on a contractually-based principal amount from the party selling the interest rate or equity floor. A collar is a combination of a cap and a floor which preserve a certain return within a predetermined range of values.

 

The Fund may enter into interest rate and equity swaps, caps, floors and collars on either an asset-based or liability-based basis, depending on whether it is hedging its assets or its liabilities, and will usually enter into interest rate and equity swaps on a net basis (i.e., the two payment streams are netted out), with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess,

 

34


Table of Contents

if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each interest rate or equity swap will be accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained in a segregated account by the Fund’s custodian in accordance with procedures established by the Board. If the Fund enters into an interest rate or equity swap on other than a net basis, the Fund will maintain a segregated account in the full amount accrued on a daily basis of the Fund’s obligations with respect to the swap. The Fund will only enter into interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor or collar transactions with counterparties the Investment Manager deems to be creditworthy. The Investment Manager will monitor the creditworthiness of counterparties to its interest rate and equity swap, cap, floor and collar transactions on an ongoing basis. If there is a default by the other party to such a transaction, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. The swap market has grown substantially in recent years with a large number of banks and investment banking firms acting both as principals and agents utilizing standardized swap documentation. The Investment Manager has determined that, as a result, the swap market is liquid. Caps, floors and collars are more recent innovations for which standardized documentation has not yet been developed and, accordingly, they are less liquid than swaps. To the extent the Fund sells caps, floors and collars it will maintain in a segregated account cash and/or, cash equivalents or other liquid high grade debt securities having an aggregate net asset value at least equal to the full amount, accrued on a daily basis, of the Fund’s obligations with respect to the caps, floors or collars. The use of interest rate and equity swaps is a highly specialized activity which involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio securities transactions. If the Investment Manager is incorrect in its forecasts of market values, interest rates and other applicable factors, the investment performance of the Fund would diminish compared with what it would have been if these investment techniques were not utilized. Moreover, even if the Investment Manager is correct in its forecasts, there is a risk that the swap position may correlate imperfectly with the price of the asset or liability being hedged.

 

The liquidity of swap agreements will be determined by the Investment Manager based on various factors, including (1) the frequency of trades and quotations, (2) the number of dealers and prospective purchasers in the marketplace, (3) dealer undertakings to make a market, (4) the nature of the security (including any demand or tender features), and (5) the nature of the marketplace for trades (including the ability to assign or offset the Fund’s rights and obligations relating to the investment). Such determination will govern whether a swap will be deemed within the percentage restriction on investments in securities that are not readily marketable.

 

The Fund will maintain liquid assets in a segregated custodial account to cover its current obligations under swap agreements. If the Fund enters into a swap agreement on a net basis, it will segregate assets with a daily value at least equal to the excess, if any, of the Fund’s accrued obligations under the swap agreement over the accrued amount the Fund is entitled to receive under the agreement. If the Fund enters into a swap agreement on other than a net basis, it will segregate assets with a value equal to the full amount of the Fund’s accrued obligations under the agreement.

 

There is no limit on the amount of interest rate and equity swap transactions that may be entered into by the Fund. These transactions do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets or principal. Accordingly, the risk of loss with respect to interest rate and equity swaps is limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make, if any. The effective use of swaps and related transactions by the Fund may depend, among other things, on the Fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the Investment Manager deems it desirable to do so. Because swaps and related transactions are bilateral contractual arrangements between the Fund and counterparties to the transactions, the Fund’s ability to terminate such an arrangement may be considerably more limited than in the case of an exchange traded instrument. To the extent the Fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the Fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction. If the other party to a swap defaults, the Fund’s risk of loss is the net amount of payments that the Fund contractually is entitled to receive, if any. The Fund may purchase and sell caps, floors and collars without limitation, subject to the segregated account requirement described above.

 

35


Table of Contents

Indexed Securities.    The Fund may purchase securities whose prices are indexed to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, or other financial indicators. Indexed securities typically, but not always, are debt securities or deposits whose value at maturity or coupon rate is determined by reference to a specific instrument or statistic. Currency-indexed securities typically are short-term to intermediate-term debt securities whose maturity values or interest rates are determined by reference to the values of one or more specified foreign currencies, and may offer higher yields than U.S. dollar-denominated securities of equivalent issuers. Currency-indexed securities may be positively or negatively indexed; that is, their maturity value may increase when the specified currency value increases, resulting in a security that performs similarly to a foreign currency-denominated instrument, or their maturity value may decline when foreign currencies increase, resulting in a security whose price characteristics are similar to a put on the underlying currency. Currency-indexed securities may also have prices that depend on the values of a number of different foreign currencies relative to each other.

 

Combined Transactions.    The Fund may enter into multiple transactions, including multiple options transactions, multiple futures transactions, multiple currency transactions (including forward currency contracts), multiple interest rate transactions and any combination of futures, options, currency and interest rate transactions, instead of a single Derivative, as part of a single or combined strategy when, in the judgment of the Investment Manager, it is in the best interests of the Fund to do so. A combined transaction will usually contain elements of risk that are present in each of its component transactions. Although combined transactions will normally be entered into by the Fund based on the Investment Manager’s judgment that the combined strategies will reduce risk or otherwise more effectively achieve the desired portfolio management goal, it is possible that the combination will instead increase the risks or hinder achievement of the Fund’s objective.

 

Risk Factors.    Derivatives have special risks associated with them, including possible default by the counterparty to the transaction, illiquidity and, to the extent the Investment Manager’s view as to certain market movements is incorrect, the risk that the use of the Derivatives could result in losses greater than if they had not been used. Use of put and call options could result in losses to the Fund, force the sale or purchase of portfolio securities at inopportune times or for prices higher than (in the case of put options) or lower than (in the case of call options) current market values, or cause the Fund to hold a security it might otherwise sell.

 

The use of futures and options transactions entails certain special risks. In particular, the variable degree of correlation between price movements of futures contracts and price movements in the related securities position of the Fund could create the possibility that losses on the hedging instrument are greater than gains in the value of the Fund’s position. In addition, futures and options markets could be illiquid in some circumstances and certain OTC options could have no markets. As a result, in certain markets, the Fund might not be able to close out a transaction without incurring substantial losses. Although the Fund’s use of futures and options transactions for hedging should tend to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged position, at the same time it will tend to limit any potential gain to the Fund that might result from an increase in value of the position. There is also the risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in a futures contract or option thereon. Finally, the daily variation margin requirements for futures contracts create a greater ongoing potential financial risk than would purchases of options, in which case the exposure is limited to the cost of the initial premium. However, because option premiums paid by the Fund are small in relation to the market value of the investments underlying the options, buying options can result in large amounts of leverage. The leverage offered by trading in options could cause the Fund’s net asset value to be subject to more frequent and wider fluctuation than would be the case if the Fund did not invest in options.

 

As is the case with futures and options strategies, the effective use of swaps and related transactions by the Fund may depend, among other things, on the Fund’s ability to terminate the transactions at times when the Investment Manager deems it desirable to do so. To the extent the Fund does not, or cannot, terminate such a transaction in a timely manner, the Fund may suffer a loss in excess of any amounts that it may have received, or expected to receive, as a result of entering into the transaction.

 

36


Table of Contents

Currency hedging involves some of the same risks and considerations as other transactions with similar instruments. Currency transactions can result in losses to the Fund if the currency being hedged fluctuates in value to a degree or in a direction that is not anticipated. Further, the risk exists that the perceived linkage between various currencies may not be present or may not be present during the particular time that the Fund is engaging in proxy hedging. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or restrictions on repatriation of currency, and manipulations or exchange restrictions imposed by governments. These forms of governmental actions can result in losses to the Fund if it is unable to deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring transaction costs. Buyers and sellers of currency futures contracts are subject to the same risks that apply to the use of futures contracts generally. Further, settlement of a currency futures contract for the purchase of most currencies must occur at a bank based in the issuing nation. Trading options on currency futures contracts is relatively new, and the ability to establish and close out positions on these options is subject to the maintenance of a liquid market that may not always be available. Currency exchange rates may fluctuate based on factors extrinsic to that country’s economy.

 

Because the amount of interest and/or principal payments which the issuer of indexed securities is obligated to make is linked to the prices of other securities, securities indices, currencies, or other financial indicators, such payments may be significantly greater or less than payment obligations in respect of other types of debt securities. As a result, an investment in indexed securities may be considered speculative. Moreover, the performance of indexed securities depends to a great extent on the performance of and may be more volatile than the security, currency, or other instrument to which they are indexed, and may also be influenced by interest rate changes in the United States and abroad. At the same time, indexed securities are subject to the credit risks associated with the issuer of the security, and their values may decline substantially if the issuer’s creditworthiness deteriorates.

 

Losses resulting from the use of Derivatives will reduce the Fund’s net asset value, and possibly income, and the losses can be greater than if Derivatives had not been used.

 

Risks of Derivatives Outside the United States.    When conducted outside the United States, Derivatives transactions may not be regulated as rigorously as in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and will be subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities, currencies and other instruments. In addition, the price of any foreign futures or foreign options contract and, therefore, the potential profit and loss thereon, may be affected by any variance in the foreign exchange rate between the time an order is placed and the time it is liquidated, offset or exercised. The value of positions taken as part of non-U.S. Derivatives also could be adversely affected by: (1) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (2) lesser availability of data on which to make trading decisions than in the United States, (3) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during nonbusiness hours in the United States, (4) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (5) lower trading volume and liquidity.

 

Use of Segregated and Other Special Accounts.    Use of many Derivatives by the Fund will require, among other things, that the Fund segregate liquid assets with its custodian, or a designated sub-custodian, to the extent the Fund’s obligations are not otherwise “covered” through ownership of the underlying security, financial instrument or currency. In general, either the full amount of any obligation by the Fund to pay or deliver securities or assets must be covered at all times by the securities, instruments or currency required to be delivered, or, subject to any regulatory restrictions, an amount of liquid assets at least equal to the current amount of the obligation must be segregated with the custodian or subcustodian in accordance with established procedures. The segregated assets cannot be sold or transferred unless equivalent assets are substituted in their

 

37


Table of Contents

place or it is no longer necessary to segregate them. A call option on securities written by the Fund, for example, will require the Fund to hold the securities subject to the call (or securities convertible into the needed securities without additional consideration) or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations sufficient to purchase and deliver the securities if the call is exercised. A call option sold by the Fund on an index will require the Fund to own portfolio securities that correlate with the index or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the excess of the index value over the exercise price on a current basis. A put option on securities written by the Fund will require the Fund to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the exercise price. Except when the Fund enters into a forward contract in connection with the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency or for other non-speculative purposes, which requires no segregation, a currency contract that obligates the Fund to buy or sell a foreign currency will generally require the Fund to hold an amount of that currency or liquid securities denominated in that currency equal to the Fund’s obligations or to segregate liquid high grade debt obligations equal to the amount of the Fund’s obligations.

 

OTC options entered into by the Fund, including those on securities, currency, financial instruments or indices, and OCC-issued and exchange-listed index options will generally provide for cash settlement, although the Fund will not be required to do so. As a result, when the Fund sells these instruments it will segregate an amount of assets equal to its obligations under the options. OCC-issued and exchange-listed options sold by the Fund other than those described above generally settle with physical delivery, and the Fund will segregate an amount of assets equal to the full value of the option. OTC options settling with physical delivery or with an election of either physical delivery or cash settlement will be treated the same as other options settling with physical delivery.

 

In the case of a futures contract or an option on a futures contract, the Fund must deposit initial margin and, in some instances, daily variation margin in addition to segregating liquid assets sufficient to meet its obligations to purchase or provide securities or currencies, or to pay the amount owed at the expiration of an index-based futures contract. The Fund will accrue the net amount of the excess, if any, of its obligations relating to swaps over its entitlements with respect to each swap on a daily basis and will segregate with its custodian, or designated sub-custodian, an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value equal to at least the accrued excess. Caps, floors and collars require segregation of liquid assets with a value equal to the Fund’s net obligation, if any.

 

Derivatives may be covered by means other than those described above when consistent with applicable regulatory policies. The Fund may also enter into offsetting transactions so that its combined position, coupled with any segregated assets, equals its net outstanding obligation in related Derivatives. The Fund could purchase a put option, for example, if the strike price of that option is the same or higher than the strike price of a put option sold by the Fund. Moreover, instead of segregating assets if it holds a futures contract or forward contract, the Fund could purchase a put option on the same futures contract or forward contract with a strike price as high or higher than the price of the contract held. Other Derivatives may also be offset in combinations. If the offsetting transaction terminates at the time of or after the primary transaction, no segregation is required, but if it terminates prior to that time, assets equal to any remaining obligation would need to be segregated.

 

Structured Instruments

 

The Fund may invest in structured instruments. They generally consist of, but are not limited to, a trust or partnership through which a fund holds an interest in one or more underlying bonds or other debt obligations coupled with a conditional right to sell (“put”) the fund’s interest in the underlying bonds at par plus accrued interest to a financial institution (a “Liquidity Provider”). With respect to tax-exempt instruments, the instrument is typically structured as a trust or partnership which provides for pass-through tax-exempt income. Structured instruments in which the Fund may invest include: (1) “Tender Option Bonds”, which are instruments which grant the holder thereof the right to put an underlying bond at par plus accrued interest at specified intervals to a Liquidity Provider; (2) “Swap Products”, in which the trust or partnership swaps the payments due on an underlying bond with a swap counterparty who agrees to pay a floating money market interest rate; and (3) “Partnerships”, which allocate to the

 

38


Table of Contents

partners income, expenses, capital gains and losses in accordance with a governing partnership agreement. Structured instruments may be considered to be derivatives.

 

Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

 

A REIT is a Real Estate Company that pools investors’ funds for investment primarily in income-producing real estate or in real estate related loans (such as mortgages) or other interests. REITs generally pay relatively high dividends (as compared to other types of companies). Therefore, a REIT normally derives its income from rents or from interest payments, and may realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. REITs can generally be classified as Equity REITs, Mortgage REITs and Hybrid REITs. Equity REITs generally invest a majority of their assets in income-producing real estate properties in order to generate cash flow from rental income and gradual asset appreciation. The income-producing real estate properties in which Equity REITs invest typically include properties such as office, retail, industrial, hotel and apartment buildings and healthcare facilities. Equity REITs can realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive their income primarily from interest payments on the mortgages. Hybrid REITs combine the characteristics of both Equity REITs and Mortgage REITs. REITs can be listed and traded on national securities exchanges or can be traded privately between individual owners. The Fund may invest in both publicly and privately traded REITs. A REIT is not taxed on income distributed to shareholders if it complies with several requirements relating to its organization, ownership, assets and income and a requirement that it distributes to shareholders at least 90% of its taxable income (other than any net capital gain) for each taxable year and otherwise complies with the requirements of the Code. As a result, REITs generally pay relatively high dividends (as compared to other types of companies) and the Fund intends to use these REIT dividends in an effort to meet its primary objective of total return with an emphasis on income.

 

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. An Equity REIT may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the REIT. A Mortgage REIT may be affected by changes in interest rates and the ability of the issuers of its portfolio mortgages to repay their obligations. REITs are dependent upon the skills of their managers and are not diversified. REITs are generally dependent upon maintaining cash flows to repay borrowings and to make distributions to shareholders and are subject to the risk of default by lessees or borrowers. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as health care, are also subject to risks associated with such industry.

 

REITs (especially Mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. If the REIT invests in adjustable rate mortgage loans the interest rates on which are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investments in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates. This causes the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.

 

REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically REITs have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index.

 

Swap Agreements

 

The Fund may enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions for purposes of attempting to reduce or eliminate the impact that an increase in short-term interest rates could have on the Fund’s investments and capital structure. Swap transactions are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or

 

39


Table of Contents

differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e., the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. Commonly used swap transactions include: (i) interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; (ii) interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified level, or “floor”; and (iii) interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels.

 

The “notional amount” of the swap transaction is only a fictitious basis on which to calculate the obligations that the parties to a swap transaction have agreed to exchange. Most swap transaction entered into by the Fund would calculate the obligations on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Fund’s obligations (or rights) under a swap transaction will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or received under the transaction based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the transaction (the “net amount”). Obligations under a swap transaction will be accrued daily (offset against amounts owing to the Fund) and any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty will be covered by segregating liquid assets to avoid any potential leveraging of the Fund. The Fund will not enter into a swap transaction with any single party if the net amount owed to or to be received under existing contracts with that party would exceed 5% of the Fund’s total assets. The Fund will monitor any swap transaction with a view to ensuring that it remains in compliance with the requirements of the Code.

 

Other Investment Companies

 

The Fund may invest in securities of other open- or closed-end investment companies to the extent that such investments are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies and are permissible under the 1940 Act. The 1940 Act imposes the following restrictions on investments in other investment companies: (i) the Fund may not purchase more than 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of another investment company; (ii) the Fund may not invest more than 5% of its total assets in securities issued by another investment company; and (iii) the Fund may not invest more than 10% of its total assets in securities issued by other investment companies. These limitations do not apply to the purchase of shares of any investment company (i) in connection with a merger, consolidation, reorganization or acquisition of substantially all the assets of another investment company or (ii) pursuant to any exemption granted under the 1940 Act.

 

The Fund may invest in other investment companies either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period shortly after the Fund receives the proceeds of the offering of its Common Shares or Fund Preferred Shares, if any, during periods when there is a shortage of attractive securities available in the market, or when the Investment Manager believes share prices of other investment companies offer attractive values. The Fund may invest in investment companies that are advised by the Investment Manager or its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law and/or pursuant to exemptive relief from the SEC. As a stockholder in an investment company, the Fund would indirectly bear its proportionate share of the advisory fees and other operating expenses of such investment company, and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management fees and other expenses with respect to assets so invested. Holders of the Common Shares would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. The Investment Manager will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in an investment company relative to available investments in other securities. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the same leverage risks described in the Prospectus and herein. As described in the section of the Prospectus entitled “Risks — Leverage Risk,” the net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares.

 

40


Table of Contents

Index-Related Securities (“Equity Equivalents”).

 

The Fund may invest in certain types of securities that enable investors to purchase or sell shares in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of an underlying index or a portion of an index. Such Equity Equivalents include, among others, DIAMONDS (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of the Dow Jones Industrial Average), SPDRs or Standard & Poor’s Depositary Receipts (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of the S&P 500 Index), WEBS or World Equity Benchmark Shares (interests in a portfolio of securities that seeks to track the performance of a benchmark index of a particular foreign country’s stocks), and the Nasdaq-100 Trust (interests in a portfolio of securities of the largest and most actively traded non-financial companies listed on the Nasdaq Stock Market). Such securities are similar to index mutual funds, but they are traded on various stock exchanges or secondary markets. The value of these securities is dependent upon the performance of the underlying index on which they are based. Thus, these securities are subject to the same risks as their underlying indices as well as the securities that make up those indices. For example, if the securities comprising an index that an index-related security seeks to track perform poorly, the index-related security will lose value.

 

Equity Equivalents may be used for several purposes, including to simulate full investment in the underlying index while retaining a cash balance for fund management purposes, to facilitate trading, to reduce transaction costs or to seek higher investment returns where an Equity Equivalent is priced more attractively than securities in the underlying index. Because the expense associated with an investment in Equity Equivalents may be substantially lower than the expense of small investments directly in the securities comprising the indices they seek to track, investments in Equity Equivalents may provide a cost-effective means of diversifying the fund’s assets across a broad range of equity securities.

 

The prices of Equity Equivalents are derived and based upon the securities held by the particular investment company. Accordingly, the level of risk involved in the purchase or sale of an Equity Equivalent is similar to the risk involved in the purchase or sale of traditional common stock, with the exception that the pricing mechanism for such instruments is based on a basket of stocks. The market prices of Equity Equivalents are expected to fluctuate in accordance with both changes in the net asset values of their underlying indices and the supply and demand for the instruments on the exchanges on which they are traded. Substantial market or other disruptions affecting an Equity Equivalent could adversely affect the liquidity and value of the shares of the Fund.

 

Short Sales Against the Box

 

The Fund may enter into a short sale of common stock such that, when the short position is open, the Fund owns an equal amount of preferred stocks or debt securities convertible or exchangeable without payment of further consideration into an equal number of shares of the common stock sold short. The Fund will enter into this kind of short sale, described as “against the box,” for the purpose of receiving a portion of the interest earned by the executing broker from the proceeds of the sale. The proceeds of the sale will be held by the broker until the settlement date, when the Fund delivers the convertible securities to close out its short position. Although the Fund will have to pay an amount equal to any dividends paid on the common stock sold short prior to delivery, it will receive the dividends from the preferred stock or interest from the debt securities convertible into the stock sold short, plus a portion of the interest earned from the proceeds of the short sale. The Fund will deposit, in a segregated account with its custodian, convertible preferred stock or convertible debt securities in connection with short sales against the box.

 

Short Sales

 

The Fund may seek to hedge investments or realize additional gains through short sales. Short sales are transactions in which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation of a decline in the market value of that security. To complete such a transaction, the Fund borrows the security to make delivery to the buyer. The Fund is obligated to replace the security borrowed by purchasing it at the market price at or prior to the time of

 

41


Table of Contents

replacement. The price at such time may be more or less than the price at which the security was sold by the Fund. Until the security is replaced, the Fund is required to repay the lender any dividends or interest that accrue during the period of the loan. To borrow the security, the Fund also may be required to pay a premium, which would increase the cost of the security sold. A portion of the net proceeds of the short sale may be retained by the broker (or by the Fund’s custodian in a special custody account), to the extent necessary to collateralize the broker and to meet margin requirements, until the short position is closed out. The Fund will also incur transaction costs in effecting short sales.

 

The Fund will incur a loss as a result of the short sale if the price of the security increases between the date of the short sale and the date on which the Fund replaces the borrowed security. The Fund will realize a gain if the security declines in price between those dates. The amount of any gain will be decreased, and the amount of any loss increased, by the amount of the premiums, dividends, interest or expenses the Fund may be required to pay in connection with a short sale. An increase in the value of a security sold short by the Fund over the price at which it was sold short will result in a loss to the Fund, and there can be no assurance that the Fund will be able to close out the position at any particular time or at an acceptable price. Thus the Fund’s losses on short sales are potentially unlimited.

 

Whenever the Fund engages in short sales, it maintains cash or liquid securities in an amount that, when combined with the amount of collateral deposited with the broker in connection with the short sale, equals the current market value of the security sold short. The assets so maintained are marked to market daily.

 

Short-Term Investments

 

In anticipation of or in response to adverse market conditions, for cash management purposes, or for defensive purposes, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its Managed Assets in cash equivalents and short-term fixed-income securities. Short-term fixed income investments are defined to include, without limitation, the following:

 

(1)  U.S. government securities, including bills, notes and bonds differing as to maturity and rates of interest that are either issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Treasury or by U.S. government agencies or instrumentalities. U.S. government agency securities include securities issued by (a) the Federal Housing Administration, Farmers Home Administration, Export-Import Bank of the United States, Small Business Administration and the Government National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; (b) the Federal Home Loan Banks, Federal Intermediate Credit Banks, and the Tennessee Valley Authority, whose securities are supported by the right of the agency to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; (c) the Federal National Mortgage Association, whose securities are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. government to purchase certain obligations of the agency or instrumentality; and (d) the Student Loan Marketing Association, whose securities are supported only by its credit. While the U.S. government provides financial support to such U.S. government-sponsored agencies or instrumentalities, no assurance can be given that it always will do so since it is not so obligated by law. The U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities do not guarantee the market value of their securities. Consequently, the value of such securities may fluctuate.

 

(2)  Certificates of Deposit issued against funds deposited in a bank or a savings and loan association. Such certificates are for a definite period of time, earn a specified rate of return, and are normally negotiable. The issuer of a certificate of deposit agrees to pay the amount deposited plus interest to the bearer of the certificate on the date specified thereon. Under current FDIC regulations, the maximum insurance payable as to any one certificate of deposit is $100,000; therefore, certificates of deposit purchased by the Fund may not be fully insured.

 

(3)  Repurchase agreements, which involve purchases of debt securities. At the time the Fund purchases securities pursuant to a repurchase agreement, it simultaneously agrees to resell and redeliver such securities to the seller, who also simultaneously agrees to buy back the securities at a fixed price and

 

42


Table of Contents

time. This assures a predetermined yield for the Fund during its holding period, since the resale price is always greater than the purchase price and reflects an agreed-upon market rate. Such actions afford an opportunity for the Fund to invest temporarily available cash. The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements only with respect to obligations of the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities; certificates of deposit; or bankers’ acceptances in which the Fund may invest. Repurchase agreements may be considered loans to the seller, collateralized by the underlying securities. The risk to the Fund is limited to the ability of the seller to pay the agreed-upon sum on the repurchase date; in the event of default, the repurchase agreement provides that the Fund is entitled to sell the underlying collateral. If the value of the collateral declines after the agreement is entered into, and if the seller defaults under a repurchase agreement when the value of the underlying collateral is less than the repurchase price, the Fund could incur a loss of both principal and interest. The Investment Manager monitors the value of the collateral at the time the action is entered into and at all times during the term of the repurchase agreement. The Investment Manager does so in an effort to determine that the value of the collateral always equals or exceeds the agreed-upon repurchase price to be paid to the Fund. If the seller were to be subject to a federal bankruptcy proceeding, the ability of the Fund to liquidate the collateral could be delayed or impaired because of certain provisions of the bankruptcy laws.

 

(4)  Commercial paper, which consists of short-term unsecured promissory notes, including variable rate master demand notes issued by corporations to finance their current operations. Investments in commercial paper will be limited to commercial paper rated in the highest categories by a major rating agency and which mature within one year of the date of purchase or carry a variable or floating rate of interest. Master demand notes are direct lending arrangements between the Fund and a corporation. There is no secondary market for such notes. However, they are redeemable by the Fund at any time. The Investment Manager will consider the financial condition of the corporation (e.g., earning power, cash flow, and other liquidity measures) and will continuously monitor the corporation’s ability to meet all of its financial obligations, because the Fund’s liquidity might be impaired if the corporation were unable to pay principal and interest on demand.

 

Securities Lending

 

The Fund may lend its portfolio securities where such loans are callable at any time and are continuously secured by segregated collateral equal to no less than the market value, determined daily, of the loaned securities. Such collateral will be cash, letters of credit, or debt securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies. The Fund would continue to receive the income on the loaned securities and would at the same time earn interest on the collateral or on the investment of any cash collateral. Any cash collateral pursuant to these loans would be invested in short-term money market instruments.

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

 

Board of Directors

 

The overall management of the business and affairs of the Fund is vested in the Board of Directors. Starting with the first annual meeting of shareholders, the Board of Directors will be classified, with respect to the time for which Directors severally hold office, into three classes—Class I, Class II and Class III—as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the Directors in each Class to hold office until their successors are elected and qualified. At each succeeding annual meeting of the shareholders, the successors to the Class of Directors whose terms expire at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for terms expiring at the later of the annual meeting of shareholders held in the third year following the year of their election or the election and qualification of their successors.

 

If the Fund issues Fund Preferred Shares, two Directors will be re-designated as Fund Preferred Share Directors. At the first annual meeting following such issuance, holders of Fund Preferred Shares, voting as a

 

43


Table of Contents

separate class, will elect one Class I Director and the remaining Directors shall be elected by Common Shareholders and holders of Fund Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. Additionally, holders of Fund Preferred Shares, to the extent any such shares are outstanding, will elect one Class II Director at the next succeeding annual meeting of shareholders and the remaining Directors shall be elected by Common Shareholders and holders of Fund Preferred Shares in the same manner as at the previous annual meeting. Holders of Fund Preferred Shares will be entitled to elect a majority of the Fund’s Directors under certain circumstances. See “Fund Preferred Shares—Voting Rights.”

 

Directors and Officers

 

The Directors and executive officers of the Fund, their ages, their principal occupations during the past five years (their titles may have varied during that period), the number of investment companies or portfolios in the Fund Complex that each Director oversees, and the other board memberships held by each Director is set forth below.

 

Name, Address and Age


 

Position(s)
with Fund


  Term of
Office(1) and
Length of
Time Served


 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years


  Number of
Investment
Companies
in Fund
Complex(2)
Overseen
by Director


 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Director


INTERESTED DIRECTORS*

               

R. Jay Gerken

Citigroup Global Markets
399 Park Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Age: 53

  Director; Chairman   Since
August
2004
  Managing Director of Citigroup Global Markets Inc. (“CGM”); Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of Smith Barney Fund Management LLC (“SBFM”); Travelers Investment Adviser, Inc (“TIA”) and CitiFund Management Inc.; formerly, portfolio manager, Smith Barney Growth and Income Fund (1994-2000).   221   None

NON-INTERESTED DIRECTORS

               

 

 

[TO COME]

 

44


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age


 

Position(s)
with Fund


  Term of
Office(1) and
Length of
Time Served


 

Principal Occupation(s)
During Past 5 Years


  Number of
Investment
Companies
in Fund
Complex(2)
Overseen
by Director


 

Other
Directorships
Held by
Director


 

 

 

[TO COME]

 

45


Table of Contents

 

 

 

[TO COME]


 *   Mr. Gerken is an “interested person” as defined in the 1940 Act because he is a Managing Director of Citigroup Global Markets Inc., an affiliate of the Investment Manager.
(1)   Beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Fund (the “first annual meeting”) and if at such time, the number of directors shall be three (3) or more, the Board of Directors of the Fund shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. At the first annual meeting, directors of Class I shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors of Class II shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and directors of Class III shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. At each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders, the directors chosen to succeed those whose terms are expiring shall be identified as being of the same class as the directors whom they succeed and shall be elected for a term expiring at the time of the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders subsequent to their election, or thereafter in each case when their respective successors are elected and qualified. The Fund’s executive officers are chosen each year at the first meeting of the Fund’s Board of Directors following the first annual meeting, to hold office until the meeting of the Board following the next Annual Meeting of Stockholders and until their successors are duly elected and qualified.
(2)   A Fund Complex means two or more registered investment companies that hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services, or that have a common investment adviser or that have an investment adviser that is an affiliated person of the investment adviser of any of the other registered investment companies.

 

The standing committees of the Board are the Audit Committee, the Nominating Committee, the Valuation Committee and the Pricing Committee.

 

The members of the Audit Committee are                                 . The Chairman is                     . The Audit Committee is responsible for: (i) considering management’s recommendations of independent accountants for the Fund and evaluating such accountants’ performance, costs and financial stability; (ii) reviewing and coordinating

 

46


Table of Contents

audit plans prepared by the Fund’s independent accountants and management’s internal audit staff; and (iii) reviewing financial statements contained in periodic reports to shareholders with the Fund’s independent accountants and management.

 

The members of the Nominating Committee are                                 . The Nominating Committee is responsible for selecting and nominating “disinterested” (as defined in the 1940 Act) directors of the Fund. The Nominating Committee will consider nominees recommended by the Fund’s shareholders when a vacancy becomes available. Shareholders who wish to recommend a nominee should send nominations which include biographical data and sets forth the qualifications of the proposed nominee to the Fund’s Secretary.

 

The members of the Valuation Committee are any one “interested” and any one “disinterested” director of the Fund. The Valuation Committee is responsible for advising the Board with respect to the valuation of portfolio assets.

 

The members of the Pricing Committee are any one “interested” and any one “disinterested” director of the Fund. The Pricing Committee is responsible for designating the amount, price and certain other terms of the Common Shares and any Fund Preferred Shares to be sold by the Fund.

 

Compensation

 

The following table shows the dollar range of equity securities owned by the Directors in the Fund and in other investment companies overseen by the Directors within the same family of investment companies as of June 30, 2004. Investment companies are considered to be in the same family if they share the same investment adviser or principal underwriter and hold themselves out to investors as related companies for purposes of investment and investor services.

 

    

Name of Director


  

Dollar Range of Equity

Securities in the Fund


Disinterested Directors:

         
           
           
           
           
           

Interested Directors:

         
    

Name of Director


   Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in All Registered
Investment Companies Overseen
by the Director in the Family of
Investment Companies


Disinterested Directors:

         
           
           
           
           
           

Interested Directors:

         

 

None of the disinterested Directors nor their family members owned beneficially or of record securities issued by the Investment Manager,                         , or any person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Investment Manager or                          as of June 30, 2004.

 

47


Table of Contents

The members of the Board who are not “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act, receive a fee for each meeting of the Fund’s Board and committee meetings attended and are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings. The Directors who are “interested persons,” as defined in the 1940 Act, and the Fund’s officers do not receive compensation from the Fund or any other fund in the Fund Complex of which the Fund is a part that is a U.S. registered investment company, but are reimbursed for all out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.

 

Set forth below is information regarding compensation paid or accrued for each Director who was not affiliated with the Investment Manager or the Investment Manager during the year ended June 30, 2004:

 

Director


   Aggregate
Compensation
From the
Fund(1)


   Total
Compensation
From the
Fund and
Fund
Complex


           
           
           
           
           
           

(1)   The Fund was organized on August     , 2004. It is anticipated that for the period August     , 2004 to December 31, 2004, each of the listed directors will receive approximately $         in compensation from the Fund.

 

INVESTMENT MANAGER

 

The Fund retains Salomon Brothers Asset Management Inc (the “Investment Manager”) to act as its investment manager. The Investment Manager serves as the investment manager to numerous individuals and institutions and other investment companies. The Investment Manager is an affiliate of Citigroup.

 

The investment management agreement (the “Management Agreement”) between the Investment Manager and the Fund provides that the Investment Manager will manage the operations of the Fund, subject to the supervision, direction and approval of the Fund’s Board and the objectives and the policies stated in the Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Investment Manager manages the Fund’s investment portfolio, directs purchases and sales of portfolio securities and reports thereon to the Fund’s officers and Directors regularly. The Investment Manager also provides the office space, facilities, equipment and personnel necessary to perform the following services for the Fund: SEC compliance, including record keeping, reporting requirements and registration statements and proxies; supervision of Fund operations, including coordination of functions of the transfer agent, custodian, accountants, counsel and other parties performing services or operational functions for the Fund; and certain administrative and clerical services, including certain accounting services and maintenance of certain books and records.

 

Investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those of other funds or accounts managed by the Investment Manager. Such other funds or accounts may also invest in the same securities as the Fund. If those funds or accounts are prepared to invest in, or desire to dispose of, the same security at the same time as the Fund, however, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and accounts in a manner deemed equitable to all. In some cases, this procedure may adversely affect the size of the position obtained for or disposed of by the Fund or the price paid or received by the Fund. In addition, because of different investment objectives, a particular security may be purchased for one or more funds or accounts when one or more funds or accounts are selling the same security.

 

48


Table of Contents

The Management Agreement for the Fund has an initial term of two years and continues in effect from year to year thereafter if such continuance is specifically approved at least annually by the Fund’s Board or by a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, and in either event, by a majority of the disinterested Directors of the Fund’s Board with such disinterested Directors casting votes in person at a meeting called for such purpose. In approving the Fund’s Management Agreement, the Board, including the disinterested Directors, considered the reasonableness of the advisory fees in light of the extent and quality of the advisory services to be provided and any additional benefits to be received by the Investment Manager, the Investment Manager or their affiliates in connection with providing services to the Fund, compared the fees to be charged by the Investment Manager to those paid by similar funds or clients for comparable services, and analyzed the expenses expected to be incurred by the Investment Manager with respect to the Fund. The Board of the Fund also considered the anticipated expense ratio of the Fund in comparison to other funds of comparable size, and other factors. Specifically, the Board noted information received related to manager services and the performance record of the Investment Manager with respect to accounts invested in the same asset classes in which the Fund will invest, and benefits potentially accruing to the Investment Manager and its affiliates from securities lending, administrative and brokerage relationships with affiliates of the Investment Manager, as well as research services received by the Investment Manager from brokers-dealers who execute transactions on behalf of the Fund. After requesting and reviewing such information as they deemed necessary, the Board concluded that the Management Agreement was in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. The disinterested Directors were advised by separate independent legal counsel throughout the process. The Board of the Fund or the holders of a majority of the Fund’s shares may terminate the Management Agreement on sixty days’ written notice without penalty and the Investment Manager may terminate the agreement on ninety days’ written notice without penalty. The Management Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

 

Under the terms of the Management Agreement, the Investment Manager shall not be liable for losses or damages incurred by the Fund, unless such losses or damages are attributable to the wilful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Investment Manager or from reckless disregard by them of their obligations and duties under the relevant agreement.

 

In connection with the Investment Manager’s service to the Fund, Citigroup Asset Management Limited (“CAM Limited”), whose business address is Citigroup Centre, Canada Square, London E14 5LB, United Kingdom, will provide certain advisory services to the Investment Manager relating to currency transactions and investments in non-dollar-denominated debt securities for the benefit of the Fund pursuant to a subadvisory consulting agreement. In considering the subadvisory consulting agreement, the Board of Directors of the Fund, including the disinterested Directors, who were advised by independent counsel, considered the terms and provisions of the agreement and noted that the Investment Manager will pay CAM Limited a fee for its services at no additional expense to the Fund. After reviewing the information deemed necessary by the Directors, the Board concluded that the subadvisory consulting agreement was in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. The Board of the Fund, the Investment Manager or the holders of a majority of the Fund’s shares may terminate the subadvisory consulting agreement on sixty days’ written notice without penalty. The subadvisory consulting agreement will terminate automatically in the event of assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act). CAM Limited is an indirect, wholly-owned subsidiary of Citigroup Inc.

 

Codes of Ethics

 

Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act requires all registered investment companies and their investment advisers and principal underwriters to adopt written codes of ethics and institute procedures designed to prevent “access persons” (as defined in Rule 17j-1) from engaging in any fraudulent, deceptive or manipulative trading practices. The Board of the Fund has adopted a code of ethics (the “Fund Code”) that incorporates personal trading policies and procedures applicable to access persons of the Fund, which includes officers, Directors and other specified persons who may make, participate in or otherwise obtain information concerning the purchase or sale of securities by the Fund. In addition, the Fund Code attaches and incorporates personal trading policies and procedures applicable to access persons of the Investment Manager, which policies serve as such adviser’s code

 

49


Table of Contents

of ethics and the Board has approved the code of ethics of the Investment Manager and CAM Limited (the Fund Code together with the code of the Investment Manager and CAM Limited are collectively referred to as the “Codes”). The Codes have been designed to address potential conflict of interests that can arise in connection with the personal trading activities of investment company and investment advisory personnel. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., the Fund’s principal underwriter, has advised the Fund and the Investment Manager that it will have no “access persons” (as defined in Rule 17j-1) with respect to the Fund and therefore is not required to maintain a code of ethics with respect to the Fund.

 

Pursuant to the Codes, access persons are generally permitted to engage in personal securities transactions, provided that a transaction does not involve securities that are being purchased or sold, are being considered for purchase or sale, or are being recommended for purchase or sale by or for the Fund. In addition, the Codes contain specified prohibitions for certain categories of securities and transactions. The Codes, with certain exceptions, also require that access persons obtain preclearance to engage in certain personal securities transactions. Finally, the Codes require access persons to report all personal securities transactions periodically.

 

The Codes can be reviewed and copied at the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 942-8090. The Codes are also available on the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies of these Codes may be obtained after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the SEC’s Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.

 

Proxy Voting Policies

 

The Board has approved delegating proxy voting discretion to the Investment Manager believing that the Investment Manager should be responsible for voting because it is a matter relating to the investment decision making process. Attached as Appendix B is the summary of the guidelines and procedures that the Investment Manager uses to determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities, including the procedures that the Investment Manager uses when a vote presents a conflict between the interests of Fund shareholders, on the one hand, and those of the Investment Manager or any affiliated person of the Fund or the Investment Manager, on the other. This summary of the guidelines gives a general indication as to how the Investment Manager will vote proxies relating to portfolio securities on each issue listed. However, the guidelines do not address all potential voting issues or the intricacies that may surround individual proxy votes. For that reason, there may be instances in which votes may vary from the guidelines presented. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Investment Manager always endeavors to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective.

 

On and after August 31, 2004, the Fund’s proxy voting record for the most recent 12-month period ended June 30 is available (1) without charge, upon request, by calling (888) 777-0102 or (2) on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov. Information as of June 30 each year will generally be available by the following August 31.

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

 

Subject to policies established by the Board and the oversight of the Investment Manager, the Investment Manager is primarily responsible for the Fund’s portfolio decisions and the placing of the Fund’s portfolio transactions.

 

Fixed-income securities, certain short-term securities and certain equities normally will be purchased or sold from or to issuers directly or to dealers serving as market makers for the securities at a net price, which may include dealer spreads and underwriting commissions. Equity securities may also be purchased or sold through brokers who will be paid a commission.

 

50


Table of Contents

The general policy of the Fund in selecting brokers and dealers is to obtain the best results taking into account factors such as the general execution and operational facilities of the broker or dealer, the type and size of the transaction involved, the creditworthiness of the broker or dealer, the stability of the broker or dealer, execution and settlement capabilities, time required to negotiate and execute the trade, research services and the Investment Manager’s arrangements related thereto (as described below), overall performance, the dealer’s risk in positioning the securities involved, and the broker’s commissions and dealer’s spread or mark-up. While the Investment Manager generally seeks the best price in placing its orders, the Fund may not necessarily be paying the lowest price available.

 

Notwithstanding the above, in compliance with Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Investment Manager may select brokers who charge a commission in excess of that charged by other brokers if the Investment Manager determines in good faith that the commission to be charged is reasonable in relation to the brokerage and research services provided to the Investment Manager by such brokers. Research services generally consist of research or statistical reports or oral advice from brokers and dealers regarding particular companies, industries or general economic conditions. The Investment Manager may also have arrangements with brokers pursuant to which such brokers provide research services to the Investment Manager in exchange for a certain volume of brokerage transactions to be executed by such broker. While the payment of higher commissions increases the Fund’s costs, the Investment Manager does not believe that the receipt of such brokerage and research services significantly reduces its expenses as the Investment Manager. Arrangements for the receipt of research services from brokers may create conflicts of interest.

 

Research services furnished to the Investment Manager by brokers who effect securities transactions for the Fund may be used by the Investment Manager in servicing other investment companies and accounts which it manages. Similarly, research services furnished to the Investment Manager by brokers who effect securities transactions for other investment companies and accounts which the Investment Manager manages may be used by the Investment Manager in servicing the Fund. Not all of these research services are used by the Investment Manager in managing any particular account, including the Fund.

 

Under the 1940 Act, “affiliated persons” of the Fund are prohibited from dealing with it as a principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless an exemptive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC. However, the Fund may purchase securities from underwriting syndicates of which the Investment Manager, the Investment Manager or any of their affiliates (as defined in the 1940 Act), is a member under certain conditions, in accordance with Rule 10f-3 promulgated under the 1940 Act.

 

The Fund contemplates that, consistent with the policy of obtaining the best net results, brokerage transactions may be conducted through “affiliated broker/dealers,” as defined in the 1940 Act. The Board of Directors has adopted procedures in accordance with Rule 17e-1 promulgated under the 1940 Act to ensure that all brokerage commissions paid to such affiliates are reasonable and fair in the context of the market in which such affiliates operate. Any such compensation will be paid in accordance with applicable SEC regulations.

 

In certain instances there may be securities that are suitable as an investment for the Fund as well as for one or more of the Investment Manager’s or CAM Limited’s other clients. Investment decisions for the Fund and for the Investment Manager’s or CAM Limited’s other clients are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objectives. It may develop that a particular security is bought or sold for only one client even though it might be held by, or bought or sold for, other clients. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more other clients are selling the same security. Some simultaneous transactions are inevitable when several clients receive investment advice from the same investment adviser, particularly when the same security is suitable for the investment objectives of more than one client. When two or more clients are simultaneously engaged in the purchase or sale of the same security, the securities are allocated among clients in a manner believed to be equitable to each. It is recognized that in some cases this system could adversely affect the price of or the size of the position obtainable in a security for the Fund. When purchases or sales of the same security for the Fund and for other portfolios managed by the Investment Manager or CAM Limited occur

 

51


Table of Contents

contemporaneously, the purchase or sale orders may be aggregated in order to obtain any price advantages available to large volume purchases or sales.

 

NET ASSET VALUE

 

The net asset value per Common Share of the Fund is determined once daily as of the close of regularly scheduled trading on the Exchange. Such calculation is determined on each day that the Exchange is open for trading, i.e., Monday through Friday, except for New Year’s Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents’ Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, and the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when one of those holidays falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively.

 

In calculating net asset value, portfolio securities listed or traded on national securities exchanges are valued at the last sale price, or, if there have been no sales on that day, at the mean of the current bid and ask price which represents the current value of the security. Portfolio securities listed on the NASDAQ National Market System are valued using the NASDAQ Official Closing Price (the “NOCP”). If an NOCP is not available for a security listed on the NASDAQ National Market System, the security will be valued at the last sale price or, if there have been no sales that day, at the mean of the current bid and ask price. Over-the-counter securities are valued at the mean of the current bid and ask price.

 

Securities that are primarily traded on foreign exchanges generally are valued at the closing price of such securities on their respective exchanges, except that if the Investment Manager is of the opinion that such price would result in an inappropriate value for a security, including as a result of an occurrence subsequent to the time a value was so established, then the fair value of those securities may be determined using fair value procedures under the supervision of the Board. In valuing assets, prices denominated in foreign currencies are converted to U.S. dollar equivalents at the current exchange rate.

 

Securities may be valued by independent pricing services which use prices provided by market-makers or estimates of market values obtained from yield data relating to instruments or securities with similar characteristics.

 

Short-term obligations with maturities of 60 days or less are valued at amortized cost, which approximates fair value as determined by the Board. Amortized cost involves valuing an instrument at its original cost to the Fund and thereafter assuming a constant amortization to maturity of any discount or premium, regardless of the impact of fluctuating interest rates on the market value of the instrument.

 

All other securities and other assets of the Fund will be valued using fair value procedures established by the Board of Directors, subject to the supervision of and ratification by the Fund’s Board.

 

FUND PREFERRED SHARES

 

Liquidation Preference

 

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Fund, holders of Fund Preferred Shares, if any, will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned or declared) before any distribution of assets is made to holders of Common Shares. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, holders of Fund Preferred Shares will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Fund. A consolidation or merger of the Fund with or into any trust or corporation or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Fund shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Fund.

 

52


Table of Contents

Voting Rights

 

In connection with any issuance of Fund Preferred Shares, the Fund must comply with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act, which requires, among other things, that Fund Preferred Shares be voting shares and have equal voting rights with Common Shares. Except as otherwise indicated in this Statement of Additional Information or the Prospectus and except as otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Fund Preferred Shares will vote together with Common Shareholders as a single class.

 

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding Fund Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, will be required to, among other things (1) take certain actions which would affect the preferences, rights, or powers of such class or (2) authorize or issue any class or series ranking prior to the Fund Preferred Shares. Except as may otherwise be required by law, (1) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the Fund Preferred Shares outstanding at the time, voting as a separate class, will be required to approve any conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company and (2) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the outstanding Fund Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, shall be required to approve any plan of reorganization (as such term is used in the 1940 Act) adversely affecting such shares, provided however, that such separate class vote shall be a majority vote if the action in question has previously been approved, adopted or authorized by the affirmative vote of 75% of the total number of Directors fixed in accordance with the Articles or the By-Laws. The vote of holders of Fund Preferred Shares described above shall in each case be in addition to any separate vote of the requisite percentage of Common Shares and Fund Preferred Shares, voting as a single class, necessary to authorize the action in question.

 

The foregoing voting provisions will not apply with respect to the Fund Preferred Shares if, at or prior to the time when a vote is required, such shares shall have been (1) redeemed or (2) called for redemption and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust to effect such redemption.

 

Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Fund Preferred Shares by the Fund

 

The terms of the Fund Preferred Shares may provide that: (1) they are redeemable at certain times, in whole or in part, at the original purchase price per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends and (2) the Fund may tender for or purchase Fund Preferred Shares. Any redemption or purchase of Fund Preferred Shares by the Fund will reduce the leverage applicable to Common Shares.

 

The discussion above describes the Fund’s Board of Directors’ present intention with respect to a possible offering of Fund Preferred Shares. If the Board determines to authorize any of the foregoing, the terms may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the Fund’s Articles.

 

CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN THE

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION AND BY-LAWS

 

The Articles also include provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund. As described more completely in the Prospectus, starting with the first annual meeting of shareholders, the Articles divide the Directors into three Classes of approximately equal size. As a result of this staggered Board structure, it would take a minimum of two years for other entities or groups of persons to gain a majority of seats on the Board. In addition, the By-Laws require that shareholders provide advance notice to the Fund in order to nominate candidates for election to the Board or to bring proposals before the annual meeting of shareholders. This prevents other entities or groups of persons from nominating Directors or raising proposals during an annual meeting of shareholders unless they have provided such advance notice to the Fund.

 

53


Table of Contents

REPURCHASE OF FUND SHARES

 

Although it is under no obligation to do so, the Fund reserves the right to repurchase its shares on the open market in accordance with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder. Subject to its investment limitations, the Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Fund’s net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board of Directors would also have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

The repurchase by the Fund of its shares at prices below net asset value may result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tenders at or below net asset value will result in the Fund’s shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. In addition, a purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares will decrease the Fund’s total assets, which would likely have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio. Any purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares at a time when Fund Preferred Shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding Common Shares then remaining. See the Fund’s Prospectus under “Risks—Leverage Risk.”

 

If the Fund converted to an open-end investment company, it would be required to redeem all Fund Preferred shares then outstanding (requiring in turn that it liquidate a portion of its investment portfolio), and the Common Shares would no longer be listed on the New York Stock Exchange. In contrast to a closed-end investment company, shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by the 1940 Act or the rules thereunder) at their net asset value, less any redemption charge that is in effect at the time of redemption.

 

TAX MATTERS

 

Set forth below is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax aspects concerning the Fund and the purchase, ownership and disposition of Fund shares. This discussion does not purport to be complete or to deal with all aspects of federal income taxation that may be relevant to shareholders in light of their particular circumstances. Unless otherwise noted, this discussion assumes you are a U.S. shareholder and that you hold your shares as a capital asset. This discussion is based upon present provisions of the Code, the regulations promulgated thereunder, and judicial and administrative ruling authorities, all of which are subject to change, or differing interpretations (possibly with retroactive effect). Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisers with regard to the federal tax consequences of the purchase, ownership, or disposition of Fund shares, as well as the tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, foreign country, or other taxing jurisdiction.

 

Taxation of the Fund

 

The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify annually as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) under the Code.

 

To qualify for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs, the Fund must, among other things: (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies; and (ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the value of the Fund’s assets is represented by cash and cash items (including receivables), U.S. Government securities, the securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities of any one issuer limited for the purposes of this calculation to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not greater than 10% of the

 

54


Table of Contents

outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of its total assets is invested in the securities (other than U.S. Government securities or the securities of other RICs) of a single issuer, or two or more issuers that the Fund controls and that are engaged in the same, similar or related trades or businesses.

 

As a RIC, the Fund generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code, but determined without regard to the deduction for dividends paid) and net capital gain (the excess of net long-term capital gain over net short-term capital loss), if any, that it distributes in each taxable year to its shareholders, provided that it distributes at least 90% of its investment company taxable income for such taxable year. The Fund intends to distribute to its shareholders, at least annually, substantially all of its investment company taxable income and net capital gain. Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax. To prevent imposition of the excise tax, the Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year, (ii) 98% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary losses) for the one-year period ending October 31 of the calendar year, and (iii) any ordinary income and capital gains for previous years that were not distributed during those years. For these purposes, the Fund will be deemed to have distributed any income or gains on which it paid corporate income tax. To prevent application of the excise tax, the Fund intends to make its distributions in accordance with the foregoing distribution requirement. A distribution will be treated as paid on December 31 of the current calendar year if it is declared by the Fund in October, November or December with a record date in such a month and paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year. Such distributions will be taxable to shareholders in the calendar year in which the distributions are declared, rather than the calendar year in which the distributions are received.

 

If the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC or failed to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement in any taxable year, the Fund would be taxed as an ordinary corporation on its taxable income (including its net capital gain and even if such income were distributed to its shareholders) and all distributions out of earnings and profits would be taxed to shareholders as ordinary dividend income. Such distributions generally would be eligible (i) to be treated as “qualified dividend income” in the case of individual and other noncorporate shareholders and (ii) for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges) before requalifying for taxation as a RIC.

 

Distributions

 

Dividends paid out of the Fund’s investment company taxable income will, except in the case of dividends derived from “qualified dividend income”, be taxable to a shareholder as ordinary dividend income to the extent of the Fund’s earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or reinvested in additional shares. Earnings and profits are treated as first being used to pay distributions on the Fund Preferred Shares, if any, and only the earnings and profits remaining after the distribution preference of any Fund Preferred Shares has been satisfied are treated as being used to pay distributions on the Common Shares. If a portion of the Fund’s income consists of dividends paid by domestic corporations (not including corporations qualifying as REITs), a portion of the dividends paid by the Fund to corporate shareholders may be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction. The dividends received deduction generally allows corporations to deduct from their income 70% of dividends received. In addition, for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2008, distributions of investment company taxable income that are designated by the Fund as derived from qualified dividend income are taxed to individuals and other noncorporate shareholders at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided holding period and other requirements are met at both the Fund and the shareholder level. The Fund will notify shareholders of the amount of any distribution that may constitute qualified dividend income not later than 60 days after the close of the taxable year. The Fund may designate such distributions as qualified dividend income only to the extent the Fund has qualified dividend income for the taxable year in which such distributions are made. Qualified dividend income is generally dividend income from taxable domestic corporations (not

 

55


Table of Contents

including corporations qualifying as a REIT) and certain foreign corporations. The Fund does not expect a significant portion of Fund distributions to be eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction or derived from qualified dividend income. Distributions of net capital gain, if any, designated as capital gain dividends are taxable to a shareholder as long-term capital gain, regardless of how long the shareholder has held Fund shares. Long-term capital gain rates for individuals have been temporarily reduced to 15% (with lower rates for individuals in the 10% and 15% rate brackets) for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2008. Higher tax rates will apply in 2009 unless further legislative action is taken by Congress. Dividends paid on the Fund Preferred Shares, if any, and on the Common Shares are designated as (i) dividends eligible for the corporate dividends received deduction, (ii) dividends derived from qualified dividend income, and (iii) capital gain dividends in proportion to the total amount of dividends paid out of earnings and profits to each class of shares for the tax year. Shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares pursuant to the Dividend Reinvestment Plan, rather than cash, generally will have a cost basis for such shares equal to the amount of the cash dividend that is reinvested. A distribution of an amount in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated by a shareholder as a return of capital, which is applied against and reduces the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares. To the extent that the amount of any such distribution exceeds the shareholder’s basis in his or her shares, the excess will be treated by the shareholder as gain from a sale or exchange of the shares.

 

The Fund may elect to retain its net capital gain or a portion thereof for investment and be taxed at corporate rates on the amount retained. In such case, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders, who will be treated as if each received a distribution of his pro rata share of such gain, with the result that each shareholder will (i) be required to report his pro rata share of such gain on his tax return as long-term capital gain, (ii) receive a refundable tax credit for his pro rata share of tax paid by the Fund on the gain and (iii) increase the tax basis for his shares by an amount equal to the deemed distribution less the tax credit.

 

Shareholders will be notified annually as to the U.S. federal tax status of distributions, and shareholders receiving distributions in the form of additional shares will receive a report as to the net asset value of those shares.

 

Sale or Exchange of Fund Shares

 

Upon the sale or other disposition of shares of the Fund which a shareholder holds as a capital asset, such a shareholder may realize a capital gain or loss in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s adjusted tax basis in the shares sold. Such gain or loss will be long-term or short-term, depending upon the shareholder’s holding period for the shares. Generally, a shareholder’s gain or loss will be a long-term gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. The maximum long-term capital gain rate for individuals is 15% (with lower rates for individuals in the 10% and 15% brackets) for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2008. Thereafter, the maximum rate will increase to 20%, unless Congress enacts legislation providing otherwise.

 

Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent that shares disposed of are replaced (including through reinvestment of dividends) within a period of 61 days beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on a disposition of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any capital gain dividends received by the shareholder (or amounts credited as undistributed capital gains) with respect to such shares.

 

Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Internal Revenue Service Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance,

 

56


Table of Contents

shareholders of a RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

Hedging and Derivatives Transactions

 

Certain of the Fund’s hedging and derivatives transactions are subject to special and complex federal income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gain into higher taxed short-term capital gain or ordinary income, (iii) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash, (v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and (vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income under the RIC rules. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. The Fund will monitor its transactions and may make certain tax elections in order to mitigate the effect of these provisions.

 

High Yield Securities

 

The Fund may invest a portion of its total assets in “high yield” securities, commonly known as “junk bonds.” Investments in these types of securities may present special tax issues for the Fund. Federal income tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities, how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income and whether exchanges of debt obligations in a bankruptcy or workout context are taxable. These and other issues will be addressed by the Fund, in the event it invests in such debt securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

 

Original Issue Discount Securities

 

Investments by the Fund in zero coupon or other discount securities will result in income to the Fund equal to a portion of the excess of the face value of the securities over their issue price (the “original issue discount”) each year that the securities are held, even though the Fund receives no cash interest payments. This income is included in determining the amount of income which the Fund must distribute to maintain its qualification for the favorable U.S. federal income tax treatment generally accorded to RICs and to avoid the payment of federal income tax and the nondeductible 4% federal excise tax. Because such income may not be matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the Fund, the Fund may be required to borrow money or dispose of other securities to be able to make distributions to its shareholders.

 

Market Discount Bonds

 

Gain derived by the Fund from the disposition of any bonds with market discount (i.e., an amount generally equal to the excess of the stated redemption price or revised issue price of the bond over the basis of such bond immediately after it was acquired) will be taxed as ordinary income to the extent of the accrued market discount, unless the Fund makes an election to accrue market discount on a current basis. If this election is not made, all or a portion of any deduction for interest expense incurred to purchase or carry a market discount bond may be deferred until such bond is sold or otherwise disposed of.

 

57


Table of Contents

Currency Fluctuations

 

Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency, foreign currency forward contracts, certain foreign currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in foreign currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.

 

Investments in Real Estate Investment Trusts

 

The Fund may invest in Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”) that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”). Under Treasury regulations which have not yet been issued, but which may apply retroactively, the portion of the income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income tax in all events and will be allocated to the shareholders of the REIT (which may include the Fund) in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders. These Treasury regulations are also expected to provide that excess inclusion income of a RIC, such as the Fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the RIC in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest directly. In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on unrelated business income, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a foreign shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. If a charitable remainder trust, defined in Section 664 of the Code, realizes unrelated business taxable income, it will lose its tax-exempt status for the year. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (as defined in the Code to include governmental units, tax-exempt entities and certain cooperatives) is a record holder of a share in a RIC, then the RIC will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. The Fund does not intend to invest in REITs that have a substantial portion of their assets in residual interests of REMICs.

 

Borrowings

 

If the Fund utilizes leverage through borrowing, it may be restricted by loan covenants with respect to the declaration of, and payment of, dividends in certain circumstances. Limits on the Fund’s payments of dividends may prevent the Fund from meeting the distribution requirements described above, and may therefore, jeopardize the Fund’s qualification for taxation as a RIC and possibly subject the Fund to the non-deductible 4% federal excise tax. The Fund will endeavor to avoid restrictions on its ability to make dividend payments.

 

Foreign Taxes

 

Investment income that may be received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to foreign taxes withheld at the source. Tax conventions between certain countries and the United States may reduce or eliminate such taxes. If the Fund qualifies as a RIC, the Fund satisfies the 90% distribution requirement and more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of stock or securities of foreign corporations, then the Fund may elect to “pass through” to its shareholders the amount of foreign taxes paid by the Fund. If the Fund so elects, each shareholder would be required to include in gross income, even though not actually received, his pro rata share of the foreign taxes paid by the Fund, but would be

 

58


Table of Contents

treated as having paid his pro rata share of such foreign taxes and would therefore be allowed to either deduct such amount in computing taxable income or use such amount (subject to various Code limitations) as a foreign tax credit against federal income tax (but not both). For purposes of the foreign tax credit limitation rules of the Code, each shareholder would treat as foreign source income his pro rata share of such foreign taxes plus the portion of dividends received from the Fund representing income derived from foreign sources. No deduction for foreign taxes could be claimed by an individual shareholder who does not itemize deductions. In certain circumstances, a shareholder that (i) has held shares of the Fund for less than a specified minimum period during which it is not protected from risk of loss or (ii) is obligated to make payments related to the dividends will not be allowed a foreign tax credit for foreign taxes deemed imposed on dividends paid on such shares. Additionally, the Fund must also meet this holding period requirement with respect to its foreign stock and securities in order for “creditable” taxes to flow-through. Each shareholder should consult his own tax adviser regarding the potential application of foreign tax credits.

 

Backup Withholding

 

The Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax from all distributions and redemption proceeds payable to shareholders who fail to provide the Fund with their correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been notified by the Internal Revenue Service that they are subject to backup withholding. The withholding percentage is 28% until 2011, when the percentage will increase to 31%. Corporate shareholders and certain other shareholders specified in the Code generally are exempt from such backup withholding. This withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability. To avoid such withholding, foreign shareholders (as defined below) generally must provide a properly completed Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN certifying their non-United States status.

 

Foreign Shareholders

 

U.S. taxation of a shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual, a foreign trust or estate, a foreign corporation or foreign partnership (“foreign shareholder”) depends on whether the income of the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the shareholder.

 

If the income from the Fund is not “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by the foreign shareholder, distributions of investment company taxable income will be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% (or lower treaty rate, except in the case of any excess inclusion income allocated to the shareholder (see “—Investments in Real Estate Investment Trusts” above)), which tax is generally withheld from such distributions. Such a foreign shareholder would generally be exempt from U.S. federal income tax on capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale or exchange of shares of the Fund. However, a foreign shareholder who is a nonresident alien individual and is physically present in the United States for more than 182 days during the taxable year and meets certain other requirements will nevertheless be subject to a U.S. tax of 30% on such capital gain dividends, undistributed capital gains and sale or exchange gains.

 

If the income from the Fund is “effectively connected” with a U.S. trade or business carried on by a foreign shareholder, then distributions of investment company taxable income, any capital gain dividends, any amounts retained by the Fund that are designated as undistributed capital gains and any gains realized upon the sale or exchange of shares of the Fund will be subject to U.S. income tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. citizens, residents or domestic corporations. Foreign corporate shareholders may also be subject to the branch profits tax imposed by the Code.

 

In the case of a non-corporate foreign shareholder, the Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax from distributions that are otherwise exempt from withholding tax (or taxable at a reduced treaty rate) unless the foreign shareholder certifies his or her foreign status under penalties of perjury or otherwise establishes an exemption.

 

59


Table of Contents

The tax consequences to a foreign shareholder entitled to claim the benefits of an applicable tax treaty may differ from those described herein. Foreign shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

 

Other Taxation

 

It is not expected that you will be subject to alternative minimum tax as a result of your investment in the Fund. Fund shareholders may be subject to state, local and foreign taxes on their Fund distributions. Shareholders are advised to consult their own tax advisers with respect to the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

 

CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL HOLDERS OF SECURITIES

 

            , a Delaware corporation located at                                      is currently the sole shareholder of the Fund.

 

PERFORMANCE RELATED AND COMPARATIVE INFORMATION

 

The Fund may quote certain performance-related information and may compare certain aspects of its portfolio and structure to other substantially similar closed-end funds. In reports or other communications to shareholders of the Fund or in advertising materials, the Fund may compare its performance with that of (i) other investment companies listed in the rankings prepared by Lipper, Inc., Morningstar Inc. or other independent services; publications such as Barrons, Business Week, Forbes, Fortune, Institutional Investor, Kiplinger’s Personal Finance, Money, Morningstar Mutual Fund Values, The New York Times, The Wall Street Journal and USA Today, or other industry or financial publications, or (ii) the Standard and Poor’s 500 Index, the Dow Jones Industrial Average, Dow Jones Utility Index, the Lehman Brothers Aggregate Bond Index, the return of U.S. Treasury Bills and Bonds, the Citigroup Broad Investment Grade Bond Index (“BIG”), the Nasdaq Composite Index, and other relevant indices and industry publications. The Fund may also compare the historical volatility of its portfolio to the volatility of such indices during the same time periods. (Volatility is a generally accepted barometer of the market risk associated with a portfolio of securities and is generally measured in comparison to the stock market as a whole—the beta—or in absolute terms—the standard deviation.) Comparison of the Fund to an alternative investment should be made with consideration of differences in features and expected performance. The Fund may obtain data from sources or reporting services, such as Bloomberg Financial (“Bloomberg”) and Lipper, that the Fund believes to be generally accurate.

 

From time to time, the Fund may quote the Fund’s total return, aggregate total return or yield in advertisements or in reports and other communications to shareholders. The Fund’s performance will vary depending upon market conditions, the composition of its portfolio and its operating expenses. Consequently, any given performance quotation should not be considered representative of the Fund’s performance in the future. In addition, because performance will fluctuate, it may not provide a basis for comparing an investment in the Fund with certain bank deposits or other investments that pay a fixed yield for a stated period of time or that have federal deposit insurance or other U.S. Government guarantees. Investments comparing the Fund’s performance with that of other investment companies should give consideration to the quality and maturity of the respective investment companies’ portfolio securities.

 

60


Table of Contents

The Fund’s “average annual total return” is computed according to a formula prescribed by the SEC. The formula is expressed as follows:

 

ERV = P (1+T)n

 

Where:

  P   =   a hypothetical initial payment of $1,000.
    T   =   average annual total return.
    N   =   number of years.
    ERV   =  

Ending Redeemable Value of a hypothetical $1,000 investment

made at the beginning of a 1-, 5-, or 10-year period at the end of a 1-,

5-, or 10-year period (or fractional portion thereof), assuming

reinvestment of all dividends and distributions.

 

Quotations of yield for the Fund will be based on all investment income per share earned during a particular 30-day period (including dividends and interest), less expenses accrued during the period (“net investment income”) and are computed by dividing net investment income by the closing price on the Exchange on the last day of the period, according to the following formula:

 

Yield = 2 [(a-bcd + 1)6—1]

 

Where:

  a   =   dividends and interest earned during the period,
    b   =   expenses accrued for the period (net of reimbursements),
    c   =   the average daily number of shares outstanding during the period that were entitled to receive dividends, and
    d     =   the closing price on the exchange on the last day of the period.

 

Past performance is not indicative of future results. At the time Common Shareholders sell their shares, they may be worth more or less than their original investment. Portions of dividends and interest earned during the period may be subsequently recharacterized as returns of capital. See Appendix B for additional performance related and comparative information.

 

EXPERTS

 

                                    , an independent registered public accounting firm, provides auditing and limited tax services to the Fund.                                  is located at                     , New York, New York         .

 

CUSTODIAN

 

The custodian of the assets of the Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Company. The custodian performs custodial, fund accounting and portfolio accounting services.

 

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including amendments thereto, relating to the shares of the Fund offered hereby, has been filed by the Fund with the SEC in Washington, D.C. The Fund’s Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Fund and the shares offered hereby, reference is made to the Fund’s Registration Statement. Statements contained in the Fund’s Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. Copies of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC or on the SEC’s website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

61


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

 

 

 

[TO COME]

 

62


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENT FOR FUND

 

 

 

[TO COME]

 

 

63


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

 

RATINGS OF DEBT SECURITIES

 

The following is a description of the factors underlying the debt ratings of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch:

 

MOODY’S BOND RATINGS

 

Moody’s describes its ratings for corporate bonds as follows:

 

Aaa:  Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt-edged.” Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 

Aa:  Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. These are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risk appear somewhat larger than the Aaa securities.

 

A:  Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa:  Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba:  Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B:  Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

Caa:  Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca:  Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

C:  Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds, and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Note:    Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa in its corporate bond rating system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

 

A-1


Table of Contents

MOODY’S MUNICIPAL BOND RATINGS

 

Aaa:  Bonds rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edged.” Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 

Aa:  Bonds rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present which make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

 

A:  Bonds rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa:  Bonds rated Baa are considered as medium grade obligations, i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba:  Bonds rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B:  Bonds rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

Caa:  Bonds rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca:  Bonds rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

C:  Bonds rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Note:    Bonds in the Aa group which Moody’s believes possess the strongest investment attributes are designated by the symbol Aa1.

 

Note:    Also, Moody’s applies numerical modifiers 1, 2, and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa to Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the issue ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic category.

 

MOODY’S DUAL RATINGS

 

In the case of securities with a demand feature, two ratings are assigned: one representing an evaluation of the degree of risk associated with scheduled principal and interest payments, and the other representing an evaluation of the degree of risk associated with the demand feature.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

MOODY’S U.S. SHORT-TERM LOAN RATINGS

 

Moody’s ratings for state and municipal short-term obligations will be designated Moody’s Investment Grade or (MIG). In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality will be designated SG, or speculative grade. Such ratings recognize the differences between short-term credit risk and long-term risk. Factors affecting the liquidity of the borrower and short-term cyclical elements are critical in short-term ratings, while other factors of major importance in bond risk, long-term secular trends for example, may be less important over the short run.

 

A short-term rating may also be assigned on an issue having a demand feature variable rate demand obligation (VRDO). Such ratings will be designated as VMIG or, if the demand feature is not rated, as NR. Short-term ratings on issues with demand features are differentiated by the use of the VMIG symbol to reflect such characteristics as payment upon periodic demand rather than fixed maturity dates and payment relying on external liquidity. Additionally, investors should be alert to the fact that the source of payment may be limited to the external liquidity with no or limited legal recourse to the issuer in the event the demand is not met.

 

A VMIG rating may also be assigned to commercial paper programs. Such programs are characterized as having variable short-term maturities but having neither a variable rate nor demand feature.

 

Moody’s short-term ratings are designated Moody’s Investment Grade as MIG 1 or VMIG 1 through MIG 3 or VMIG 3.

 

Gradations of investment quality are indicated by rating symbols, with each symbol representing a group in which the quality characteristics are broadly the same.

 

MIG 1/VMIG 1:  This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

 

MIG 2/VMIG 2:  This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not so large as in the preceding group.

 

MIG 3/VMIG 3:  This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

 

SG:  This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

 

MOODY’S COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

 

Moody’s commercial paper ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay punctually promissory obligations not having an original maturity in excess of one year.

 

PRIME-1:  Issuers rated Prime-1 (or related supporting institutions) have a superior capacity for repayment of senior short-term promissory obligations. Prime-1 repayment capacity will normally be evidenced by the following characteristics: leading market positions in well-established industries; high rates of return on Funds employed; conservative capitalization structures with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection; broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation; and well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

 

PRIME-2:  Issuers rated Prime-2 (or related supporting institutions) have a strong capacity for repayment of senior short-term promissory obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above, but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, will be more subject to variation.

 

A-3


Table of Contents

Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

 

PRIME-3:  Issuers rated Prime-3 (or related supporting institutions) have an acceptable capacity for repayment of senior short-term promissory obligations. The effects of industry characteristics and market composition may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt-protection measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

 

NOT PRIME:  Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

Note:    A Moody’s commercial paper rating may also be assigned as an evaluation of the demand feature of a short-term or long-term security with a put option.

 

S&P BOND RATINGS

 

S&P describes its ratings for corporate bonds as follows:

 

AAA: Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

 

AA: Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from the highest-rated issues only in a small degree.

 

A:  Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal, although it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt in higher-rated categories.

 

BBB:  Debt rated BBB is regarded as having an adequate capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category than in higher-rated categories.

 

BB-B-CCC-CC-C:  Debt rated BB, B, CCC, CC and C is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation and C the highest. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or large exposure to adverse conditions.

 

Note:    The earnings from “AA” to “CCC” may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

S&P MUNICIPAL BOND RATINGS

 

An S&P municipal bond rating is a current assessment of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific obligation. This assessment may take into consideration obligors such as guarantors, insurers, or lessees.

 

The ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: likelihood of default—capacity and willingness of the obligor as to the timely payment of interest and repayment of principal in accordance with the terms of the obligation; nature of and provisions of the obligation; and protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

 

A-4


Table of Contents

AAA:  Debt rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P. Capacity to pay interest and repay principal is extremely strong.

 

AA:  Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay principal and differs from the highest rated issues only in a small degree.

 

Note:    Ratings within the AA and A major rating categories may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) sign or minus (-) sign to show relative standing.

 

S&P DUAL RATINGS

 

S&P assigns “dual” ratings to all debt issues that have a put option or demand feature as part of their structure.

 

The first rating addresses the likelihood of repayment of principal and interest as due, and the second rating addresses only the demand feature. The long-term debt rating symbols are used for bonds to denote the long-term maturity and the commercial paper rating symbols for the put option (for example, “AAA/A-1+”). With short-term demand debt, the note rating symbols are used with the commercial paper rating symbols (for example, “SP-1+/A-1-”).

 

S&P MUNICIPAL NOTE RATINGS

 

An S&P note rating reflects the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to notes. Notes maturing in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes maturing beyond three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating. The following criteria will be used in making that assessment: amortization schedule (the larger the final maturity relative to other maturities, the more likely the issue will be treated as a note); and source of payment (the more the issue depends on the market for its refinancing, the more likely it is to be treated as a note).

 

Note rating symbols and definitions are as follows:

 

SP-1:  Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. Issues determined to possess very strong characteristics are given a plus (+) designation.

 

SP-2:  Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

 

SP-3:  Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

 

S&P COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

 

An S&P commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days.

 

Rating categories are as follows:

 

A-1:  This highest category indicates that the degree of safety regarding timely payment is strong. Those issues determined to possess extremely strong safety characteristics are denoted with a plus sign (+) designation.

 

A-5


Table of Contents

A-2:  Capacity for timely payment on issues with this designation is satisfactory. However, it is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstance and economic conditions than issues in the highest rating category.

 

A-3:  Issues carrying this designation have adequate capacity for timely payment. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity for timely payment.

 

B:  Issues with this rating are regarded as having only speculative capacity for timely payment.

 

C:  This rating is assigned to short-term debt obligations with high vulnerability to nonpayment.

 

D:  Debt with this rating is in payment default. The D rating category is used when interest payments or principal payments are not made on the date due, even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless it is believed that such payments will be made during such grace period.

 

FITCH INVESTMENT GRADE BOND RATINGS

 

Fitch investment grade bond ratings provide a guide to investors in determining the credit risk associated with a particular security. The ratings represent Fitch’s assessment of the issuer’s ability to meet the obligations of a specific debt issue in a timely manner.

 

The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its relationship to other obligations of the issuer, the current and prospective financial condition and operating performance of the issuer and any guarantor, as well as the economic and political environment that might affect the issuer’s future financial strength and credit quality.

 

Fitch ratings do not reflect any credit enhancement that may be provided by insurance policies or financial guaranties unless otherwise indicated.

 

Bonds carrying the same rating are of similar but not necessarily identical credit quality since the rating categories do not fully reflect small differences in the degrees of credit risk.

 

Fitch ratings are not recommendations to buy, sell or hold any security. Ratings do not comment on the adequacy of market price, the suitability of any security for a particular investor, or the tax-exempt nature of taxability of payments made in respect of any security.

 

Fitch ratings are based on information obtained from issuers, other obligors, underwriters, their experts, and other sources Fitch believes to be reliable. Fitch does not audit or verify the truth or accuracy of such information. Ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or the unavailability of, information or for other reasons.

 

AAA:  Bonds considered to be investment grade and of the highest credit quality. The obligor has an exceptionally strong ability to pay interest and repay principal, which is highly unlikely to be affected by foreseeable events.

 

AA:  Bonds considered to be investment grade and of very high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is very strong, although not quite as strong as bonds rated “AAA.” Because bonds rated in the “AAA” and “AA” categories are not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable future developments, short-term debt of these issuers is generally rated “F1+.”

 

A-6


Table of Contents

A:  Bonds considered to be investment grade and of high credit quality. The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be strong, but may be more vulnerable to adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances than bonds with higher ratings.

 

BBB:  The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal is considered to be adequate. Adverse changes in economic conditions and circumstances, however, are more likely to have adverse impact on these bonds and, therefore, impair timely payment. The likelihood that the ratings of these bonds will fall below investment grade is higher than for bonds with higher ratings. This is the lowest investment grade category.

 

PLUS (+) MINUS (-):  Plus and minus signs are used with a rating symbol to indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating category. Plus and minus signs, however, are not used in the “AAA” category.

 

NR:  Indicates that Fitch does not rate the specific issue.

 

WITHDRAWN:  A rating will be withdrawn when an issue matures, is called, or refinanced, or when Fitch Ratings deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes.

 

RATING WATCH:  Ratings are placed on FitchAlert to notify investors of an occurrence that is likely to result in a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive,” indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative,” for potential downgrade, or “Evolving,” where ratings may be raised or lowered. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

 

RATINGS OUTLOOK

 

A Rating Outlook is used to describe the most likely direction of any rating change over a one to two-year period. It is described as “Positive,” “Stable,” or “Negative.” A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, ratings for which outlooks are “stable” could be upgraded or downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, when Fitch Ratings is unable to identify the fundamental trend, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

 

FITCH SPECULATIVE GRADE BOND RATINGS

 

Fitch speculative grade bond ratings provide a guide to investors in determining the credit risk associated with a particular security. The ratings (“BB” to “C”) represent Fitch’s assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of principal and interest in accordance with the terms of obligation for bond issues not in default. For defaulted bonds, the rating (“DDD” to “D”) is an assessment of the ultimate recovery value through reorganization or liquidation.

 

The rating takes into consideration special features of the issue, its relationship to other obligations of the issuer or possible recovery value in bankruptcy, the current and prospective financial condition and operating performance of the issuer and any guarantor, as well as the economic and political environment that might affect the issuer’s future financial strength.

 

Bonds that have the same rating are of similar but not necessarily identical credit quality since rating categories cannot fully reflect the differences in degrees of credit risk.

 

BB:  Bonds are considered speculative.    The obligor’s ability to pay interest and repay principal may be affected over time by adverse economic changes. However, business and financial alternatives can be identified, which could assist the obligor in satisfying its debt service requirements.

 

A-7


Table of Contents

B:  Bonds are considered highly speculative.    A significant credit risk is present. While bonds in this class are currently meeting debt service requirements, the probability of continued timely payment of principal and interest reflects the obligor’s limited margin of safety and is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

 

CCC:  Bonds have certain identifiable characteristics that, if not remedied, may lead to default. The ability to meet obligations is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments.

 

CC:  Bonds are minimally protected.    Default in payment of interest and/or principal seems probable over time.

 

C:  Bonds are in imminent default in payment of interest or principal.

 

DDD, DD, AND D:  Bonds are in default on interest and/or principal payments. Such bonds are extremely speculative and should be valued on the basis of their ultimate recovery value in liquidation or reorganization of the obligor.

 

“DDD” represents the highest potential for recovery on these bonds, and “D” represents the lowest potential for recovery.

 

PLUS (+) MINUS (-):  Plus and minus signs are used with a rating symbol to indicate the relative position of a credit within the rating category. Plus and minus signs, however, are not used in the “DDD,” “DD,” or “D” categories.

 

FITCH SHORT-TERM RATINGS

 

Fitch’s short-term ratings apply to debt obligations that are payable on demand or have original maturities of generally up to three years, including commercial paper, certificates of deposit, medium-term notes, and municipal and investment notes.

 

The short-term rating places greater emphasis than a long-term rating on the existence of liquidity necessary to meet the issuer’s obligations in a timely manner.

 

Fitch short-term ratings are as follows:

 

F1+:  Exceptionally Strong Credit Quality.    Issues assigned this rating are regarded as having the strongest degree of assurance for timely payment.

 

F1:  Very Strong Credit Quality.    Issues assigned this rating reflect an assurance of timely payment only slightly less in degree than issues rated “F1+.”

 

F2:  Good Credit Quality.    Issues assigned this rating have a satisfactory degree of assurance for timely payment, but the margin of safety is not as great as for issues assigned “F1+” and “F1” ratings.

 

F3:  Fair Credit Quality.    Issues assigned this rating have characteristics suggesting that the degree of assurance for timely payment is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could cause these securities to be rated below investment grade.

 

B:  Speculative.    Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

A-8


Table of Contents

C:  High Default Risk.    Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

 

D:  Default.    Issues assigned this rating are in actual or imminent payment default.

 

A-9


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

 

Proxy Voting Policies and Procedures

 

The Board of Directors of the Fund has delegated the authority to develop policies and procedures relating to proxy voting to the Investment Manager. The Investment Manager is part of CAM, a group of investment adviser affiliates of Citigroup. Along with the other investment advisers that comprise CAM, the Investment Manager has adopted a set of proxy voting policies and procedures (the “Policies”) to ensure that the Investment Manager votes proxies relating to equity securities in the best interest of clients.

 

In voting proxies, the Investment Manager is guided by general fiduciary principles and seeks to act prudently and solely in the best interest of clients. The Investment Manager attempts to consider all factors that could affect the value of the investment and will vote proxies in the manner that it believes will be consistent with efforts to maximize shareholder values. The Investment Manager may utilize an external service provider to provide it with information and/or a recommendation with regard to proxy votes. However, such recommendations do not relieve the Investment Manager of its responsibility for the proxy vote.

 

In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a stated position in the Policies, the Investment Manager generally votes in accordance with such stated position. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is a list of factors set forth in the Policies that CAM considers in voting on such issue, CAM votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above and considering such enumerated factors. In the case of a proxy issue for which there is no stated position or list of factors that CAM considers in voting on such issue, CAM votes on a case-by-case basis in accordance with the general principles set forth above. Issues for which there is a stated position set forth in the Policies or for which there is a list of factors set forth in the Policies that CAM considers in voting on such issues fall into a variety of categories, including election of directors, ratification of auditors, proxy and tender offer defenses, capital structure issues, executive and director compensation, mergers and corporate restructurings, and social and environmental issues. The stated position on an issue set forth in the Policies can always be superseded, subject to the duty to act solely in the best interest of the beneficial owners of accounts, by the investment management professionals responsible for the account whose shares are being voted. Issues applicable to a particular industry may cause CAM to abandon a policy that would have otherwise applied to issuers generally. As a result of the independent investment advisory services provided by distinct CAM business units, there may be occasions when different business units or different portfolio Investment Managers within the same business unit vote differently on the same issue.

 

In furtherance of the Investment Manager’s goal to vote proxies in the best interest of clients, the Investment Manager follows procedures designed to identify and address material conflicts that may arise between the Investment Manager’s interests and those of its clients before voting proxies on behalf of such clients. To seek to identify conflicts of interest, CAM periodically notifies CAM employees (including employees of the Investment Manager) in writing that they are under an obligation (i) to be aware of the potential for conflicts of interest with respect to voting proxies on behalf of client accounts both as a result of their personal relationships and due to special circumstances that may arise during the conduct of CAM’s and the Investment Manager’s business, and (ii) to bring conflicts of interest of which they become aware to the attention of compliance personnel. The Investment Manager also maintains and considers a list of significant relationships that could present a conflict of interest for the Investment Manager in voting proxies. The Investment Manager is also sensitive to the fact that a significant, publicized relationship between an issuer and a non-CAM affiliate might appear to the public to influence the manner in which the Investment Manager decides to vote a proxy with respect to such issuer. Absent special circumstances or a significant, publicized non-CAM affiliate relationship that CAM or the Investment Manager for prudential reasons treats as a potential conflict of interest because such relationship might appear to the public to influence the manner in which the Investment Manager decides to vote a proxy, the Investment Manager generally takes the position that non-CAM relationships between Citigroup and an issuer (e.g. investment banking or banking) do not present a conflict of interest for the Investment Manager in voting proxies with respect to such issuer. Such position is based on the fact that the Investment Manager is operated as

 

B-1


Table of Contents

an independent business unit from other Citigroup business units as well as on the existence of information barriers between the Investment Manager and certain other Citigroup business units.

 

CAM maintains a Proxy Voting Committee, of which the Investment Manager personnel are members, to review and address conflicts of interest brought to its attention by compliance personnel. A proxy issue that will be voted in accordance with a stated position on an issue or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party is not brought to the attention of the Proxy Voting Committee for a conflict of interest review because the Investment Manager’s position is that to the extent a conflict of interest issue exists, it is resolved by voting in accordance with a pre-determined policy or in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third party. With respect to a conflict of interest brought to its attention, the Proxy Voting Committee first determines whether such conflict of interest is material. A conflict of interest is considered material to the extent that it is determined that such conflict is likely to influence, or appear to influence, the Investment Manager’s decision-making in voting proxies. If it is determined by the Proxy Voting Committee that a conflict of interest is not material, the Investment Manager may vote proxies notwithstanding the existence of the conflict.

 

If it is determined by the Proxy Voting Committee that a conflict of interest is material, the Proxy Voting Committee is responsible for determining an appropriate method to resolve such conflict of interest before the proxy affected by the conflict of interest is voted. Such determination is based on the particular facts and circumstances, including the importance of the proxy issue and the nature of the conflict of interest. Methods of resolving a material conflict of interest may include, but are not limited to, disclosing the conflict to clients and obtaining their consent before voting, or suggesting to clients that they engage another party to vote the proxy on their behalf.

 

B-2


Table of Contents

PART C

 

OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 24.    Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

(1)    Financial Statements
(2)    (a)   — Articles of Incorporation*
     (b)   — By-Laws*
     (c)   — Not Applicable
     (d)  

—Specimen Stock Certificate; Articles V and VIII of Registrant’s Articles of Incorporation are incorporated herein by reference.

     (e)   — Form of Dividend Reinvestment Plan
     (f)   — Not Applicable
     (g)   — Form of Investment Management Agreement
     (h) (1)   — Form of Underwriting Agreement
     (2)   — Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters
     (3)   — Form of Master Selected Dealer Agreement
     (i)   — Not Applicable
     (j) (1)   — Master Custodian Agreement
     (2)   — Form of Additional Fund Letter
     (k)   — Form of Transfer Agency and Services Agreement
     (l) (1)   — Opinion and Consent of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
     (2)   — Opinion and Consent of Piper Rudnick LLP
     (m)   — Not Applicable
     (n)   — Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
     (o)   — Not Applicable
     (p)   — Form of Subscription Agreement
     (q)   — Not Applicable
     (r)   — Personal Investment Policy for the Fund and Investment Manager
     (s)   — Powers of Attorney

*   Filed herewith.

 

Item 25.    Marketing Arrangements

 

See Exhibit 2(h)(1) to this Registration Statement.

 

C-1


Table of Contents

Item 26. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses to be incurred in connection with the offering described in this Registration Statement:

 

SEC Registration fees

   $     *    

New York Stock Exchange listing fee

         *    

Printing and engraving expenses

         *    

Auditing fees and expenses

         *    

Legal fees and expenses

         *    

NASD Fees

         *    

Miscellaneous

         *    
    

Total

   $     *    
    


*   To be filed by amendment

 

Item 27. Persons Controlled by or Under Common Control with Registrant

 

None.

 

Item 28. Number of Holders of Securities

 

Title of Class


   Number of
Record Holders


Common Stock, par value $.001 per share

   None

 

Item 29. Indemnification

 

Under the Registrant’s Articles and By-Laws, the directors and officers of the Registrant will be indemnified to the fullest extent allowed and in the manner provided by Maryland law and applicable provisions of the 1940 Act, including the advancing of expenses incurred in connection therewith. Indemnification shall not be provided however to any officer or director against any liability to the Registrant or its security-holders to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reasons of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to the directors and officers, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in such Act and is therefore unenforceable. If a claim for indemnification against such liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933 (other than for expenses incurred in a successful defense) is asserted against the Registrant by the directors or officers in connection with the shares, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question of whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in such Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

C-2


Table of Contents

Item 30. Business and Other Connections of Adviser

 

For information as to the business, profession, vocation or employment of a substantial nature of each of the officers and directors of SBAM, reference is made to SBAM’s current Form ADV filed under the 1940 Act and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Item 31. Location of Accounts and Records

 

The accounts and records of the Registrant are maintained at the office of SBAM at 399 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10022.

 

Item 32. Management Services

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 33. Undertakings

 

(1) Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of shares until the prospectus is amended, if subsequent to the effective date of this registration statement, its net asset value declines more than ten percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement or its net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

 

(2) Not applicable.

 

(3) Not applicable.

 

(4) Not applicable.

 

(5) Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of the Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 497(h) will be deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

Registrant undertakes that, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus will be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time will be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(6) Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.

 

C-3


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, State of New York on the 5th day of August, 2004.

 

SALOMON BROTHERS FLOATING RATE STRATEGIC FUND INC.

By:

 

/s/    R. JAY GERKEN        


   

Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

By:

 

/s/    FRANCES GUGGINO        


   

Treasurer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following person in the capacity and on the date indicated.

 

Signature


  

Title


 

Date


/s/    R. JAY GERKEN        


  

Director

  August 5, 2004

 

August 5, 2004

 

C-4


Table of Contents

Schedule of Exhibits to Form N-2

 

Exhibit No.

  

Exhibit


Exhibit A   

Articles of Incorporation

Exhibit B   

By-Laws

EX-99.A 2 dex99a.htm ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

SALOMON BROTHERS FLOATING RATE STRATEGIC FUND INC.

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION

 

ARTICLE I

 

THE UNDERSIGNED, Tracy A. Bacigalupo, whose post office address is 6225 Smith Avenue, Baltimore, Maryland 21209, being at least eighteen years of age, does hereby act as an incorporator and form a corporation under and by virtue of the General Laws of the State of Maryland.

 

ARTICLE II

 

NAME

 

The name of the corporation (which is hereinafter called the “Corporation”) is “Salomon Brothers Floating Rate Strategic Fund Inc.”

 

ARTICLE III

 

PURPOSE AND POWER

 

The purposes for which the Corporation is formed are (i) to conduct and carry on the business of a closed-end investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”) and (ii) to engage in other lawful business or activity, whether or not related to the business described elsewhere in this Charter or to any other business at the time or theretofore engaged in by the Corporation. The Corporation shall have all of the powers granted to corporations by the Maryland General Corporation Law now or hereafter in force.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

PRINCIPAL OFFICE AND RESIDENT AGENT

 

The post office address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o The Corporation Trust Incorporated, 300 East Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. The name of the resident agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is The Corporation Trust Incorporated, a Maryland corporation. The post office address of the resident agent is 300 East Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.


ARTICLE V

 

CAPITAL STOCK

 

(1) The total number of shares of capital stock that the Corporation shall have authority to issue is one hundred million (100,000,000) shares, of the par value of one mill ($0.001) per share and of the aggregate par value of one hundred thousand dollars ($100,000), all of which one hundred million (100,000,000) shares are initially classified as “Common Stock”.

 

(2) The Corporation may issue fractional shares. Any fractional share shall carry proportionately the rights of a whole share including, without limitation, the right to vote and the right to receive dividends. The holder of a fractional share shall not, however, have the right to receive a certificate evidencing it.

 

(3) All persons who shall acquire shares of capital stock in the Corporation shall acquire the same subject to the provisions of this Charter and the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

(4) No holder of shares of capital stock of the Corporation by virtue of being such a holder shall have any preemptive or other right to purchase or subscribe for any shares of the Corporation’s capital stock or any other security that the Corporation may issue or sell other than a right that the Board of Directors in its discretion may determine to grant.

 

(5) The Board of Directors shall have authority by resolution to classify and reclassify any authorized but unissued shares of capital stock from time to time (whether or not such shares have been previously classified or reclassified) by setting or changing in any one or more respects the class and series designations of shares of capital stock or by setting or changing in any one or more respects the preferences, conversion or other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications or terms or conditions of redemption of the capital stock. A majority of the entire Board of Directors, without action by the stockholders, may amend the Charter to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.

 

(6) Notwithstanding any provision of law requiring any action to be taken or authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a greater proportion of the votes of all classes or of any class of stock of the Corporation, such action shall be effective and valid if taken or authorized by the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of votes entitled to be cast thereon, except as otherwise provided in this Charter.

 

(7) The Corporation shall not be obligated to issue certificates representing shares of capital stock. At the time of issue or transfer of shares without certificates, the Corporation shall provide the stockholder with such information as may be required

 

2


under the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Maryland Uniform Commercial Code—Investment Securities.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

(1) The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall initially be one (1). This number may be changed pursuant to the By-Laws of the Corporation, but shall at no time be less than the minimum number required under the Maryland General Corporation Law nor more than twenty-five (25). The name of the initial director is: R. Jay Gerken.

 

(2) Beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (the “first annual meeting”) and if at such time, the number of directors shall be three (3) or more, the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. At the first annual meeting, directors of Class I shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors of Class II shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and directors of Class III shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. At each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders, the directors chosen to succeed those whose terms are expiring shall be identified as being of the same class as the directors whom they succeed and shall be elected for a term expiring at the time of the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders subsequent to their election, or thereafter in each case when their respective successors are elected and qualified. If the number of directors is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the classes by resolution of the Board of Directors so as to maintain the number of directors in each class as nearly equal as possible, but in no case shall a decrease in the number of directors shorten the term of any incumbent director.

 

(3) A director of the Corporation may be removed from office only for cause and then only by vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes entitled to be cast for the election of directors.

 

(4) In furtherance, and not in limitation, of the powers conferred by the laws of the State of Maryland, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized:

 

(i) To make, alter or repeal the By-Laws of the Corporation, except as otherwise required by the 1940 Act.

 

(ii) From time to time to determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions and regulations the books and accounts of the Corporation, or any of them other than the stock ledger, shall be open to the inspection of

 

3


the stockholders. No stockholder shall have any right to inspect any account or book or document of the Corporation, except as conferred by law or authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

(iii) Without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to authorize the issuance from time to time of shares of the capital stock of any class of the Corporation, whether now or hereafter authorized, and securities convertible into shares of capital stock of the Corporation of any class or classes, whether now or hereafter authorized, for such consideration as the Board of Directors may deem advisable.

 

(iv) Without the assent or vote of the stockholders, to authorize and issue obligations of the Corporation, secured or unsecured, as the Board of Directors may determine, and to authorize and cause to be executed mortgages and liens upon the real or personal property of the Corporation.

 

(v) To establish the basis or method for determining the value of the assets and the amount of the liabilities of the Corporation and the net asset value of each share of the Corporation’s capital stock.

 

(vi) To determine what accounting periods shall be used by the Corporation for any purpose; to set apart out of any funds of the Corporation reserves for such purposes as it shall determine and to abolish the same; to declare and pay any dividends and distributions in cash, securities or other property from any funds legally available therefor, at such intervals as it shall determine; to declare dividends or distributions by means of a formula or other method of determination, at meetings held less frequently than the frequency of the effectiveness of such declarations; and to establish payment dates for dividends or any other distributions on any basis, including dates occurring less frequently than the effectiveness of declarations thereof.

 

(vii) In addition to the powers and authorities granted in this Charter and by statute expressly conferred upon it, the Board of Directors is authorized to exercise all powers and do all acts that may be exercised or done by the Corporation pursuant to the provisions of the laws of the State of Maryland, this Charter and the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

(5) Any determination made in good faith, and in accordance with this Charter, if applicable, by or pursuant to the direction of the Board of Directors, with

 

4


respect to the amount of assets, obligations or liabilities of the Corporation, as to the amount of net income of the Corporation from dividends and interest for any period or amounts at any time legally available for the payment of dividends, as to the amount of any reserves or charges set up and the propriety thereof, as to the time of or purpose for creating reserves or as to the use, alteration or cancellation of any reserves or charges (whether or not any obligation or liability for which the reserves or charges have been created has been paid or discharged or is then or thereafter required to be paid or discharged), as to the value of any security owned by the Corporation, as to the determination of the net asset value of shares of any class of the Corporation’s capital stock, or as to any other matters relating to the issuance, sale or other acquisition or disposition of securities or shares of capital stock of the Corporation, and any reasonable determination made in good faith by the Board of Directors whether any transaction constitutes a purchase of securities on “margin,” a sale of securities “short,” or an underwriting or the sale of, or a participation in any underwriting or selling group in connection with the public distribution of, any securities, shall be final and conclusive, and shall be binding upon the Corporation and all holders of shares of its capital stock, past, present and future, and shares of the capital stock of the Corporation are issued and sold on the condition and understanding, evidenced by the purchase of shares of capital stock or acceptance of share certificates, that any and all such determinations shall be binding as aforesaid. No provision of this Charter shall be effective to require a waiver of compliance with any provision of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the 1940 Act, or of any valid rule, regulation or order of the Securities and Exchange Commission under those Acts.

 

(6) The Corporation elects to be subject to the provisions of Section 3-804(c) of the Maryland General Corporation Law regarding the filling of vacancies on the Board of Directors.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

LIABILITY AND INDEMNIFICATION

 

(1) To the fullest extent permitted by Maryland statutory or decisional law, as amended or interpreted, no current or former director or officer of the Corporation shall have any personal liability to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages. This limitation on liability applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of the Corporation whether or not such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted.

 

(2) The Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to its currently acting and its former directors to the fullest extent that indemnification of directors is permitted by Maryland statutory or decisional law. The Corporation shall indemnify and advance expenses to its officers to the same extent as its directors and may do so to such further extent as is consistent with law. The Board of Directors may by By-Law, resolution or agreement make further provision for indemnification of directors, officers, employees and agents to the fullest extent permitted by the Maryland statutory or

 

5


decisional law. The foregoing rights of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnification may be entitled. The Board of Directors may take such action as is necessary to carry out these indemnification provisions and is expressly empowered to adopt, approve and amend from time to time such by-laws, resolutions or contracts implementing such provisions or such further indemnification arrangements as may be permitted by law. This indemnification applies to events occurring at the time a person serves as a director or officer of the Corporation whether or not such person is a director or officer at the time of any proceeding in which liability is asserted.

 

(3) No provision of this Charter shall be effective to protect or purport to protect any director or officer of the Corporation against any liability to the Corporation or its security holders to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

 

(4) References to the Maryland law in this Article VII are to that law as from time to time amended. No amendment to this Charter shall affect any right of any person under this Article VII based on any event, omission or proceeding prior to such amendment.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

STOCKHOLDER VOTE; STOCKHOLDER PROPOSALS

 

(1) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Charter, the affirmative vote of the holders of (i) eighty percent (80%) of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by stockholders of the Corporation and (ii) in the case of a Business Combination (as defined below), 66 2/3% of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by stockholders of the Corporation other than votes entitled to be cast thereon by an Interested Party (as defined below) who is (or whose Affiliate (as defined below) is) a party to a Business Combination (as defined below) or an Affiliate or associate of the Interested Party, in addition to the affirmative vote of seventy-five percent (75%) of the entire Board of Directors, shall be required to advise, approve, adopt or authorize any of the following:

 

(i) a merger, consolidation or statutory share exchange of the Corporation with or into another person;

 

(ii) issuance or transfer by the Corporation (in one or a series of transactions in any 12 month period) of any securities of the Corporation to any person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding issuances or transfers of debt securities of the Corporation, sales of securities of the Corporation in connection with a public offering, issuances of securities of the Corporation pursuant to a dividend reinvestment

 

6


plan adopted by the Corporation, issuances of securities of the Corporation upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Corporation and portfolio transactions effected by the Corporation in the ordinary course of business;

 

(iii) sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Corporation (in one or a series of transactions in any 12 month period) to or with any person or entity of any assets of the Corporation having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more except for portfolio transactions (including pledges of portfolio securities in connection with borrowings) effected by the Corporation in the ordinary course of its business (transactions within clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) above being known individually as a “Business Combination”);

 

(iv) the voluntary liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation, or an amendment to this Charter to terminate the Corporation’s existence; or

 

(v) unless the 1940 Act or federal law requires a lesser vote, any stockholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the Corporation’s assets as to which stockholder approval is required under Federal or Maryland law.

 

However, the stockholder vote described in Paragraph (1) of this Article VIII will not be required with respect to the foregoing transactions (other than those set forth in (v) above) if they are approved by a vote of seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Directors (as defined below). In that case, if Maryland law requires stockholder approval, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast shall be required.

 

(i) “Continuing Director” means any member of the Board of Directors of the Corporation who is not an Interested Party or an Affiliate of an Interested Party and has been a member of the Board of Directors for a period of at least 12 months, or has been a member of the Board of Directors since September 10, 2004, or is a successor of a Continuing Director who is unaffiliated with an Interested Party and is recommended to succeed a Continuing Director by a majority of the Continuing Directors then on the Board of Directors.

 

(ii) “Interested Party” shall mean any person, other than an investment company advised by the Corporation’s initial investment manager or any of its Affiliates, which enters, or

 

7


proposes to enter, into a Business Combination with the Corporation.

 

(iii) “Affiliate” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(2) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Charter, the affirmative vote of seventy-five percent (75%) of the entire Board of Directors shall be required to advise, approve, adopt or authorize the conversion of the Corporation from a closed-end company to an open-end company, and any amendments necessary to effect the conversion. Such conversion or any such amendment shall also require the approval of the holders of seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by stockholders of the Corporation unless approved by a vote of seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Directors, in which event such conversion shall require the approval of the holders of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast thereon by stockholders of the Corporation.

 

(3) For any stockholder proposal to be presented in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, including any proposal relating to the nomination of a director to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the stockholders must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation in the manner and containing the information required by the By-Laws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders will be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the Maryland General Corporation Law and the By-Laws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS

 

(1) The Corporation reserves the right from time to time to make any amendment to this Charter, now or hereafter authorized by law, including any amendment that alters the contract rights, as expressly set forth in this Charter, of any outstanding capital stock of the Corporation by classification, reclassification or otherwise.

 

(2) In addition to the voting requirements imposed by law or by any other provision of this Charter, the provisions set forth in this Article IX, the provisions of Article III hereof, the provisions of Sections (2) and (3) of Article VI hereof, the provisions of this Charter setting the maximum number of Directors at twenty-five (25), the provisions of Article VII, the provisions of Article VIII and the provisions of Article X (except as provided in Section (1) of Article VIII) hereof, may not be amended, altered or repealed in any respect, nor may any provision inconsistent with this Article IX, the provisions of Sections (2) and (3) of Article VI hereof, the provision setting the

 

8


maximum number of Directors or the provisions of Article VIII hereof be adopted, unless such action is advised by seventy-five percent (75%) of the entire Board of Directors and approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes entitled to be cast by stockholders of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE X

 

PERPETUAL EXISTENCE

 

The duration of the Corporation shall be perpetual.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have adopted and signed this Charter and do hereby acknowledge that this Charter are my act.

 

/s/ Daniel Woubishet

 

Daniel Woubishet, Incorporator

 

 

Dated: August 3, 2004

 

10


Consent of Resident Agent

 

The UNDERSIGNED, hereby consents to act as registered agent in Maryland for the entity named in the attached instrument.

 

The Corporation Trust Incorporated

 

By: /s/ Billie J. Swoboda, V.P.

 

Printed Name: Billie J. Swoboda

 

11

EX-99.B 3 dex99b.htm BY-LAWS BY-LAWS

BY-LAWS

 

OF

 

SALOMON BROTHERS FLOATING RATE STRATEGIC FUND INC.

 

A Maryland Corporation

 

ARTICLE I

 

OFFICES

 

SECTION 1. Principal Office in Maryland. Salomon Brothers Floating Rate Strategic Fund Inc. (the “Corporation”) shall have a principal office in the City of Baltimore, State of Maryland.

 

SECTION 2. Other Offices. The Corporation may have offices also at such other places within and without the State of Maryland as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or as the business of the Corporation may require.

 

ARTICLE II

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

SECTION 1. Annual Meetings. The annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be held on a date not less than ninety (90) days nor more than one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of the Corporation’s fiscal year fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors. An annual meeting may be held at any place in or out of the State of Maryland and at any time, each as may be determined by the Board of Directors and designated in the notice of the meeting. Any business of the Corporation may be transacted at an annual meeting without the purposes having been specified in the notice unless otherwise provided by statute, the Corporation’s Charter, as amended, supplemented or corrected from time to time (the “Charter”), or these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 2. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the stockholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by statute or by the Corporation’s Charter, may be held at any place, and may be called at any time by the Board of Directors or by the Chairman or the President, and shall be called by the Secretary (or in his absence, an Assistant Secretary) at the request in writing of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting upon payment by such stockholders to the Corporation of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting (which estimated cost shall be


provided to such stockholders by the Secretary of the Corporation). A written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. The Board of Directors shall have sole power to fix the date and time of, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at, the special meeting.

 

SECTION 3. Place of Meetings. Unless the Charter provides otherwise, meetings of stockholders shall be held at such place as is set from time to time by the Board of Directors, or the Board of Directors may determine that the meeting not be held at any place but instead be held by means of remote communication. At the request of a stockholder, the Board of Directors shall provide a place for the meeting of the stockholders.

 

SECTION 4. Meetings by Remote Communication. At the discretion of the Board of Directors, and subject to any guidelines and procedures that the Board of Directors may adopt from time to time, stockholders and proxy holders not physically present at a meeting of the stockholders, by means of remote communication may participate in the meeting of stockholders and may be considered present in person and may vote at the meeting of the stockholders, whether the meeting is held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication. The Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to verify that each person considered present and authorized to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxy holder. The Corporation shall implement reasonable measures to provide the stockholders and proxy holders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of the meeting substantially concurrently with the proceedings, and in the event any stockholder or proxy holder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of the vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

 

SECTION 5. Notice of Meetings; Waiver of Notice. Not less than ten nor more than 90 days before each stockholders’ meeting, the Secretary shall give notice in writing or by electronic transmission of the meeting to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. Any notice given by the Corporation to a stockholder is effective if given by a single notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, to all stockholders who share an address if the Corporation gives notice, in writing or by electronic transmission, to the stockholder of its intent to give a single notice, and the stockholder consents to receiving a single notice or fails to object in writing within 60 days after the Corporation gives notice to the stockholder of its intent to give a single notice. A stockholder may revoke consent given, whether affirmative or implied, by written notice to the Corporation. The notice shall state the time of the meeting, the place of the meeting, if any, and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting and, if the meeting is a special meeting or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholder’s residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at the stockholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Corporation or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic

 

2


transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notice given by electronic transmission shall be considered ineffective if the Corporation is unable to deliver two consecutive notices and the inability to deliver the notices becomes known to the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the transfer agent or other person responsible for giving notice. The inadvertent failure to deliver any notice by electronic transmission does not invalidate any meeting or other action. An affidavit of the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the transfer agent or other agent of the Corporation that notice has been given by a form of electronic transmission, in the absence of actual fraud, shall be prima facie evidence of the facts stated in the affidavit. Notice of any meeting of stockholders shall be deemed waived by any stockholder who attends the meeting in person or by proxy, or who before or after the meeting submits a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting.

 

SECTION 6. Notice of Stockholder Business.

 

(a) At any annual or special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting. To be properly brought before an annual meeting, the business must be (i) (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (B) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (C) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder in accordance with Section 6(b) below and (ii) a proper subject under applicable law for stockholder action. To be properly brought before a special meeting, the business must be (i) (A) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or (B) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors and (ii) a proper subject under applicable law for stockholder action.

 

(b) For any stockholder proposal to be presented in connection with an annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation (other than proposals made under Rule 14a-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), including any proposal relating to the nomination of a director to be elected to the Board of Directors of the Corporation, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholder’s notice shall be delivered to the Secretary at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not less than 60 days nor more than 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting; provided, however, that in the event that the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days or delayed by more than 60 days from such anniversary date, notice by the stockholder to be timely must be so delivered not earlier than the 90th day prior to such annual meeting and not later than the close of business on the later of the 60th day prior to such annual meeting or the tenth day following the day on which public announcement of the date of such meeting is first made. Such stockholder’s notice shall set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election or re-election as a director all information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act (including such person’s written consent to being named in the proxy statement as a nominee and to serving as a director if elected); (b) as to any other business that the stockholder proposes to bring before the meeting, a

 

3


brief description of the business desired to be brought before the meeting, the reasons for conducting such business at the meeting and any material interest in such business of such stockholder and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; and (c) as to the stockholder giving the notice and the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination or proposal is made, (i) the name and address of such stockholder, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of such beneficial owner and (ii) the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially and of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner.

 

(c) Notwithstanding anything in the By-Laws to the contrary, no business shall be conducted at any stockholder meeting except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 6. The Chairman of the stockholder meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting and in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6, and if he should so determine, he shall so declare to the meeting that any such business not properly brought before the meeting shall not be considered or transacted.

 

SECTION 7. Quorum; Voting. Except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Corporation’s Charter, the presence in person or by proxy of stockholders of the Corporation entitled to cast at least a majority of the votes entitled to be cast shall constitute a quorum at each meeting of the stockholders. A majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present is sufficient to approve any matter which properly comes before the meeting, except that a plurality of the votes cast at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be sufficient to elect directors. The stockholders present at any duly organized meeting may continue to do business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough stockholders to leave less than a quorum.

 

SECTION 8. Adjournment. Whether or not a quorum is present, any meeting of the stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time, without notice other than by announcement at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken, by the Chairman of the meeting. At any adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present any action may be taken that could have been taken at the meeting originally called. A meeting of the stockholders may not be adjourned to a date more than one hundred twenty (120) days after the original record date.

 

SECTION 9. Organization. At every meeting of the stockholders, the Chairman of the Board, or in his absence or inability to act, the President, or in his absence or inability to act, a Vice President, or in the absence or inability to act of all the Vice Presidents, a chairman chosen by the stockholders, shall act as chairman of the meeting. The Secretary, or in his or her absence or inability to act, a person appointed by the chairman of the meeting, shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes of the meeting.

 

SECTION 10. Order of Business. The order of business at all meetings of the stockholders shall be as determined by the chairman of the meeting.

 

4


SECTION 11. Proxies. A stockholder may vote the stock he owns of record either in person or by written proxy signed by the stockholder or by his duly authorized agent. Stockholders may authorize others to act as proxies by means of facsimile signatures, electronic transmissions, internet transmissions and other reasonable means authorized or accepted by the Corporation, subject to the reasonable satisfaction of the Corporation that the stockholder has authorized the creation of the proxy. No proxy shall be valid after the expiration of eleven (11) months from the date thereof, unless otherwise provided in the proxy. Every proxy shall be revocable at the pleasure of the stockholder executing it, except in those cases in which the proxy states that it is irrevocable and in which an irrevocable proxy is permitted by law.

 

SECTION 12. Fixing of Record Date for Determining Stockholders Entitled to Vote at Meeting. The Board of Directors shall set a record date for the purpose of determining stockholders entitled to vote at any meeting of the stockholders. The record date for a particular meeting shall be not more than ninety (90) or fewer than ten (10) days before the date of the meeting. All persons who were holders of record of shares as of the record date of a meeting, and no others, shall be entitled to notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof.

 

SECTION 13. Inspectors. The Board of Directors may, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one (1) or more inspectors to act at the meeting or at any adjournment of the meeting. If the inspectors shall not be so appointed or if any of them shall fail to appear or act, the chairman of the meeting may appoint inspectors. Each inspector, before entering upon the discharge of his duties, shall, if required by the chairman of the meeting, take and sign an oath to execute faithfully the duties of inspector at the meeting with strict impartiality and according to the best of his ability. The inspectors, if appointed, shall determine the number of shares outstanding and the voting power of each share, the number of shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum and the validity and effect of proxies, and shall receive votes, ballots or consents, hear and determine all challenges and questions arising in connection with the right to vote, count and tabulate all votes, ballots or consents, determine the result, and do those acts as are proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all stockholders. On request of the chairman of the meeting or any stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting, the inspectors shall make a report in writing of any challenge, request or matter determined by them and shall execute a certificate of any fact found by them. No director or candidate for the office of director shall act as inspector of an election of directors. Inspectors need not be stockholders of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 14. Consent of Stockholders in Lieu of Meeting. Except as otherwise provided by statute or the Corporation’s Charter, any action required or permitted to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each stockholder entitled to vote on the matter and filed in paper or electronic form with the records of stockholder meetings.

 

SECTION 15. Meeting by Conference Telephone. Stockholders may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participating in a meeting by these means constitutes presence in person at the meeting.

 

5


ARTICLE III

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

 

SECTION 1. General Powers. Except as otherwise provided in the Corporation’s Charter, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under authority of the Board of Directors except as conferred on or reserved to the stockholders by law, by the Corporation’s Charter or by these By-Laws.

 

SECTION 2. Number, Election and Term of Directors. The number of directors constituting the entire Board of Directors (which initially was fixed at one (1) in the Corporation’s Charter) may be changed from time to time by a majority of the entire Board of Directors; provided, however, that the number of directors shall in no event be fewer than that required by law, nor more than twenty-five (25). Beginning with the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation and if at such time, the number of directors shall be three (3) or more, (the “First Annual Meeting”), the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be divided into three classes: Class I, Class II and Class III. At the First Annual Meeting, directors of Class I shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the next succeeding annual meeting of stockholders, directors of Class II shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the second succeeding annual meeting of stockholders and directors of Class III shall be elected to the Board of Directors for a term expiring at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders. At each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders, the directors chosen to succeed those whose terms are expiring shall be identified as being of the same class as the directors whom they succeed and shall be elected for a term expiring at the time of the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders subsequent to their election. The directors shall be elected at the annual meeting of the stockholders, except as provided in Section 5 of this Article III, and each director elected shall hold office for the term provided above and until his successor shall have been elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned or have been removed as provided in these By-Laws, or as otherwise provided by statute or the Corporation’s Charter. Any vacancy created by an increase in directors may be filled in accordance with Section 5 of this Article III. No reduction in the number of directors shall have the effect of removing any director from office prior to the expiration of his term unless the director is specifically removed pursuant to Section 4 of this Article III at the time of the decrease.

 

SECTION 3. Resignation. A director of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board or to the Vice-Chairman of the Board or the President or the Secretary of the Corporation. Any resignation shall take effect at the time specified in it or, should the time when it is to become effective not be specified in it, immediately upon its receipt. Acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless the resignation states otherwise.

 

SECTION 4. Removal of Directors. A director of the Corporation may be removed from office only for cause and then only by vote of the holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the votes entitled to be cast for the election of directors.

 

6


SECTION 5. Vacancies. Subject to the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the “1940 Act”), any vacancies in the Board of Directors, whether arising from death, resignation, removal or any other cause except an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled by a vote of the majority of the remaining Directors whether or not sufficient to constitute a quorum. A majority of the entire Board may fill a vacancy that results from an increase in the number of directors. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the stockholders of any class of the Corporation’s capital stock are entitled separately to elect one or more directors, a majority of the remaining directors elected by that class or the sole remaining director elected by that class may fill any vacancy among the number of directors elected by that class. Any director appointed by the Board of Directors to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor has been elected and qualifies. Any director elected by the stockholders to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the balance of the term of the director he replaced.

 

SECTION 6. Place of Meetings. Meetings of the Board may be held at any place that the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or that is specified in the notice of the meeting, or by means of remote communication, if so designated by the Board.

 

SECTION 7. Regular Meetings. Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held without notice at the time and place determined by the Board of Directors, or by means of remote communication, if so designated by the Board.

 

SECTION 8. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by two (2) or more directors of the Corporation or by the Chairman of the Board or the President.

 

SECTION 9. Annual Meeting. The annual meeting of the newly elected and other directors shall be the first meeting after the meeting of the stockholders at which the newly elected directors were elected. No notice of such annual meeting shall be necessary if such meeting is held immediately after the adjournment, and at the site, if any, of the meeting of stockholders or, if the annual meeting of stockholders is held by remote communication, then the annual meeting of the directors may, if the Board so determines, also be by remote communication. If not so held, notice shall be given as hereinafter provided for special meetings of the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 10. Notice of Special Meetings. Notice of each special meeting of the Board of Directors shall be given by the Secretary as hereinafter provided. Each notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, or that the meeting is being held by means of remote communication, and shall be delivered to each director, either personally or by telephone or other standard form of telecommunication or electronic transmission, at least twenty-four (24) hours before the time at which the meeting is to be held, or by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the director at his residence or usual place of business, and mailed at least three (3) days before the day on which the meeting is to be held.

 

SECTION 11. Waiver of Notice of Meetings. Notice of any special meeting need not be given to any director who shall, either before or after the meeting, deliver a written waiver or an electronic transmission of a waiver of notice that is filed with the records of the meeting or who shall attend the meeting.

 

7


SECTION 12. Quorum and Voting. A majority of the entire Board of Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and except as otherwise expressly required by statute, the Corporation’s Charter or these By-Laws, the act of a majority of the directors present at any meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the Board.

 

SECTION 13. Organization. The Chairman of the Board shall preside at each meeting of the Board. In the absence or inability of the Chairman of the Board to act, the President (if he is a director), or, in his absence or inability to act, another director chosen by a majority of the directors present, shall act as chairman of the meeting and preside at the meeting. The Secretary (or, in his or her absence or inability to act, any person appointed by the chairman) shall act as secretary of the meeting and keep the minutes of the meeting.

 

SECTION 14. Committees. The Board of Directors may designate one (1) or more committees of the Board of Directors, including an executive committee, an audit committee, an investments committee and a valuation committee, each consisting of one (1) or more directors. To the extent provided in the resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors, and unless otherwise prohibited by law, the committee or committees shall have and may exercise the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation. Any committee or committees shall have the name or names determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors. Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and provide those minutes to the Board of Directors when required. The members of a committee present at any meeting, whether or not they constitute a quorum, may appoint a director to act in the place of an absent member.

 

SECTION 15. Written Consent of Directors in Lieu of a Meeting. Subject to the provisions of the 1940 Act, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee of the Board may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings, in paper or electronic form, are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board or committee.

 

SECTION 16. Telephone Conference. Members of the Board of Directors or any committee of the Board may participate in any Board or committee meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at the meeting, provided, however, that such participation shall not constitute presence in person with respect to matters which the 1940 Act, and the rules thereunder require the approval of directors by vote cast in person at a meeting.

 

SECTION 17. Compensation. Each director shall be entitled to receive compensation, if any, as may from time to time be fixed by the Board of Directors, including a fee for each meeting of the Board or any committee thereof, regular or special, he attends. Directors may also be reimbursed by the Corporation for all reasonable expenses incurred in traveling to and from the place of a Board or committee meeting.

 

8


ARTICLE IV

 

OFFICERS, AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES

 

SECTION 1. Number and Qualifications. The officers of the Corporation shall be a Chairman, a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, and an Assistant Secretary, each of whom shall be elected by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may elect or appoint a Chairman of the Board of Directors, and one (1) or more Vice Presidents and may also appoint any other officers, assistant officers, agents and employees it deems necessary or proper. Any two (2) or more offices may be held by the same person, except the offices of President and Vice President, but no officer shall execute, acknowledge or verify in more than one (1) capacity any instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged or verified by more than one officer. Officers shall be elected by the Board of Directors each year at its first meeting held after the annual meeting of stockholders, each to hold office until the meeting of the Board following the next annual meeting of the stockholders and until his successor shall have been duly elected and shall have qualified, or until his death, or until he shall have resigned or have been removed, as provided in these By-Laws. The Board of Directors may from time to time elect such officers (including one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, one or more Assistant Treasurers and one or more Assistant Secretaries) and may appoint, or delegate to the President the power to appoint, such agents as may be necessary or desirable for the business of the Corporation. Such other officers and agents shall have such duties and shall hold their offices for such terms as may be prescribed by the Board or by the appointing authority.

 

SECTION 2. Resignations. Any officer of the Corporation may resign at any time by giving written notice of his resignation to the Board of Directors, the Chairman of the Board, the President or the Secretary. Any resignation shall take effect at the time specified therein or, if the time when it shall become effective is not specified therein, immediately upon its receipt. The acceptance of a resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective unless otherwise stated in the resignation.

 

SECTION 3. Removal of Officer, Agent or Employee. Any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation may be removed by the Board of Directors with or without cause at any time, and the Board may delegate the power of removal as to agents and employees not elected or appointed by the Board of Directors. Removal shall be without prejudice to the person’s contract rights, if any, but the appointment of any person as an officer, agent or employee of the Corporation shall not of itself create contract rights.

 

SECTION 4. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office, whether arising from death, resignation, removal or any other cause, may be filled for the unexpired portion of the term of the office that shall be vacant, in the manner prescribed in these By-Laws for the regular election or appointment to the office.

 

SECTION 5. Compensation. The compensation of the officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors, but this power may be delegated to any officer with respect to other officers under his control.

 

9


SECTION 6. Bonds or Other Security. If required by the Board, any officer, agent or employee of the Corporation shall give a bond or other security for the faithful performance of his duties, in an amount and with any surety or sureties as the Board may require.

 

SECTION 7. Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be the chief executive officer of the Corporation and shall have, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, general and active management and supervision of the business, affairs, and property of the Corporation and its several officers and may employ and discharge employees and agents of the Corporation, except those elected or appointed by the Board, and he may delegate these powers. The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. He shall execute on behalf of the Corporation all instruments requiring such execution except to the extent that signing and execution thereof shall be required by the President of the Corporation or shall be expressly delegated by the Board of Directors to some other officer or agent of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 8. Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors. The Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors shall, in the absence of the Chairman of the Board, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors. He shall have and exercise all the powers and authority of the Chairman of the Board in the event of the Chairman’s absence or inability to act or during a vacancy in the office of Chairman of the Board. He shall also have such other duties and responsibilities as shall be assigned to him by the Chairman or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 9. President. The President shall, in the absence of the Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Board of Directors, preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors. He shall have and exercise all the powers and authority of the Chairman of the Board in the event of the Chairman’s and Vice-Chairman’s absence or inability to act or during a vacancy in the offices of Chairman and Vice-Chairman of the Board. He shall sign and execute all instruments required to be signed and executed by the President of the Corporation. He shall also have such other duties and responsibilities as shall be assigned to him by the Chairman or the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 10. Vice President. Each Vice President shall have the powers and perform the duties that the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board may from time to time prescribe.

 

SECTION 11. Treasurer. Subject to the provisions of any contract that may be entered into with any custodian pursuant to authority granted by the Board of Directors, the Treasurer shall have charge of all receipts and disbursements of the Corporation and shall have or provide for the custody of the Corporation’s funds and securities; he shall have full authority to receive and give receipts for all money due and payable to the Corporation, and to endorse checks, drafts, and warrants, in its name and on its behalf and to give full discharge for the same; he shall deposit all funds of the Corporation, except those that may be required for current use, in such banks or other places of deposit as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate; and, in general, he shall perform all duties incident to the office of Treasurer and such other duties as may from time to time be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

10


SECTION 12. Assistant Treasurers. The Assistant Treasurers in the order of their seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Treasurer, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Chairman or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

SECTION 13. Secretary. The Secretary shall:

 

(a) keep or cause to be kept in one or more books provided for the purpose, the minutes of all meetings of the Board of Directors, the committees of the Board and the stockholders;

 

(b) see that all notices are duly given in accordance with the provisions of these By-Laws and as required by law;

 

(c) be custodian of the records and the seal of the Corporation and affix and attest the seal to all stock certificates of the Corporation (unless the seal of the Corporation on such certificates shall be a facsimile, as hereinafter provided) and affix and attest the seal to all other documents to be executed on behalf of the Corporation under its seal;

 

(d) see that the books, reports, statements, certificates and other documents and records required by law to be kept and filed are properly kept and filed; and

 

(e) in general, perform all the duties incident to the office of Secretary and such other duties as from time to time may be assigned to him by the Board of Directors or the Chairman of the Board.

 

SECTION 14. Assistant Secretaries. The Assistant Secretaries in the order of their seniority, unless otherwise determined by the Chairman of the Board or the Board of Directors, shall, in the absence or disability of the Secretary, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary. They shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the President or the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.

 

SECTION 15. Delegation of Duties. In case of the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board may confer for the time being the powers or duties, or any of them, of such officer upon any other officer or upon any director.

 

ARTICLE V

 

STOCK

 

SECTION 1. Stock Certificates. The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated

 

11


stock, each holder of stock of the Corporation shall be entitled upon specific written request to such person as may be designated by the Corporation to have a certificate or certificates, in a form approved by the Board, representing the number of shares of stock of the Corporation owned by him; provided, however, that certificates for fractional shares will not be delivered in any case. The certificates representing shares of stock shall be signed by or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the Vice-Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President and by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer and may be sealed with the seal of the Corporation. Any or all of the signatures or the seal on the certificate may be facsimiles. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before the certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if the officer, transfer agent or registrar was still in office at the date of issue.

 

SECTION 2. Stock Ledger. There shall be maintained a stock ledger containing the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class the shareholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation or at any other office or agency specified by the Board of Directors.

 

SECTION 3. Transfers of Shares. Transfers of shares of stock of the Corporation shall be made on the stock records of the Corporation only by the registered holder of the shares, or by his attorney thereunto authorized by power of attorney duly executed and filed with the Secretary or with a transfer agent or transfer clerk, and on surrender of the certificate or certificates, if issued, for the shares properly endorsed or accompanied by a duly executed stock transfer power and the payment of all taxes thereon. Except as otherwise provided by law, the Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person in whose name any share or shares stand on the record of stockholders as the owner of the share or shares for all purposes, including, without limitation, the rights to receive dividends or other distributions and to vote as the owner, and the Corporation shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or legal claim to or interest in any such share or shares on the part of any other person.

 

SECTION 4. Regulations. The Board of Directors may authorize the issuance of uncertificated securities if permitted by law. If stock certificates are issued, the Board of Directors may make any additional rules and regulations, not inconsistent with these By-Laws, as it may deem expedient concerning the issue, transfer and registration of certificates for shares of stock of the Corporation. The Board may appoint, or authorize any officer or officers to appoint, one or more transfer agents or one or more transfer clerks and one or more registrars and may require all certificates for shares of stock to bear the signature or signatures of any of them.

 

SECTION 5. Lost, Destroyed or Mutilated Certificates. The holder of any certificate representing shares of stock of the Corporation shall immediately notify the Corporation of its loss, destruction or mutilation and the Corporation may issue a new certificate of stock in the place of any certificate issued by it that has been alleged to have been lost or destroyed or that shall have been mutilated. The Board may, in its discretion, require the owner (or his legal

 

12


representative) of a lost, destroyed or mutilated certificate to give to the Corporation a bond in a sum, limited or unlimited, and in a form and with any surety or sureties, as the Board in its absolute discretion shall determine, to indemnify the Corporation against any claim that may be made against it on account of the alleged loss or destruction of any such certificate, or issuance of a new certificate. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Board of Directors, in its absolute discretion, may refuse to issue any such new certificate, except pursuant to legal proceedings under the laws of the State of Maryland.

 

SECTION 6. Fixing of Record Date for Dividends, Distributions, etc. The Board (or, to the extent permitted by law, a Board committee or an officer of the Corporation so empowered by the Board) may fix, in advance, a date not more than ninety (90) days preceding the date fixed for the payment of any dividend or the making of any distribution or the allotment of rights to subscribe for securities of the Corporation, or for the delivery of evidences of rights or evidences of interests arising out of any change, conversion or exchange of common stock or other securities, as the record date for the determination of the stockholders entitled to receive any such dividend, distribution, allotment, rights or interests, and in such case only the stockholders of record at the time so fixed shall be entitled to receive such dividend, distribution, allotment, rights or interests.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE

 

SECTION 1. Procedure. Any indemnification or payment of costs and expenses in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding, shall be made promptly, and in any event within 60 days, upon the written request of the director or officer entitled to seek indemnification (the “Indemnified Party”). The right to indemnification and advances hereunder shall be enforceable by the Indemnified Party in any court of competent jurisdiction, if (i) the Corporation denies such request, in whole or in part, or (ii) no disposition thereof is made within 60 days. The Indemnified Party’s costs and expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred in connection with successfully establishing his or her right to indemnification, in whole or in part, in any such action shall also be paid or reimbursed by the Corporation. It shall be a defense to any action for advance for expenses that (a) a determination has been made that the facts then known to those making the determination would preclude indemnification or (b) the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the Indemnified Party of such Indemnified Party’s good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met.

 

SECTION 2. Exclusivity, etc. The indemnification and advance of expenses provided by the Charter and this By-Law shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which a person seeking indemnification or advance of expenses may be entitled under any law (common or statutory), or any agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or other provision that is consistent with law, both as to action in his or her official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding office or while employed by or acting as agent for the Corporation, shall continue in respect of all events occurring while a person was a director or

 

13


officer after such person has ceased to be a director or officer, and shall inure to the benefit of the estate, heirs, executors and administrators of such person. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this By-Law in connection with a claim made by a director or officer to the extent such director or officer has otherwise actually received payment under insurance policy, agreement, vote or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. All rights to indemnification and advance of expenses under the Charter of the Corporation and hereunder shall be deemed to be a contract between the Corporation and each director or officer of the Corporation who serves or served in such capacity at any time while this By-Law is in effect. Nothing herein shall prevent the amendment of this By-Law, provided that no such amendment shall diminish the rights of any person hereunder with respect to events occurring or claims made before its adoption or as to claims made after its adoption in respect of events occurring before its adoption. Any repeal or modification of this By-Law shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advance of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this By-Law or any provision hereof is in force.

 

SECTION 3. Insurance. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any Indemnified Party against any liability asserted against and incurred by any Indemnified Party in any protected capacity or arising out of his or her position. The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on its behalf in respect of any liability it may incur to provide indemnification under the Charter, this By-Law, or law.

 

SECTION 4. Severability; Definitions. The invalidity or unenforceability of any provision of this Article VI shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision hereof. The phrase “this By-Law” in this Article VI means this Article VI in its entirety.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

GENERAL

 

SECTION 1. Seal. The seal of the Corporation may be circular in form and shall bear the name of the Corporation, the year of its incorporation, the words “Corporate Seal” and “Maryland” and any emblem or device approved by the Board of Directors. The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile to be impressed or affixed or in any other manner reproduced. In lieu of affixing the seal, it shall be sufficient to meet the requirements of any law, rule or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word “(seal)” adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.

 

SECTION 2. Electronic Transmission. An electronic transmission is any form of communication, not directly involving the physical transmission of paper, that creates a record that may be retained, retrieved, and reviewed by the recipient of the communication and may be reproduced directly in paper form by a recipient through an automated process.

 

14


ARTICLE VIII

 

AMENDMENTS

 

These By-Laws may be amended by the Board of Directors, subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act; provided, however, that no amendment of these By-Laws shall affect any right of any person under Article VI hereof based on any event, omission or proceeding prior to the amendment. These By-Laws may not be amended by the stockholders of the Corporation.

 

15

-----END PRIVACY-ENHANCED MESSAGE-----